Sulfonamide-containing linkage systems for drug conjugates

ABSTRACT

Sulfonamide-containing linkage systems for release of payload compounds from an attached targeting moiety in drug conjugates. The conjugates have the formula of [(P)-(L)]m-(T), wherein (P) is a payload compound, (L) is a linker, (T) is a targeting moiety and m is an integer from 1- to 10. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising such conjugates and there use in treating cancer.

CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S.Provisional Patent Application No. 61/921,242, filed Dec. 27, 2013, andU.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/051,899, filed Sep. 17, 2014,which applications are incorporated herein by reference in theirentireties.

BACKGROUND Field

The invention relates to linkage systems for release of payload from anattached targeting moiety, and methods of using the same.

Description of the Related Art

Delivery scaffolds find many uses in the biological, chemical, andmedical fields. For example, the delivery of drugs and other agents totarget cells or tissues for the treatment of cancer and other diseaseshas been the focus of considerable research for many years. Most agentscurrently administered to a patient parenterally are not targeted,resulting in systemic delivery of the agent to cells and tissues of thebody where it is unnecessary, and often undesirable. This may result inadverse drug side effects, and often limits the dose of a drug (e.g.,chemotherapeutic (anti-cancer)) that can be administered. Although oraladministration of drugs is considered to be a convenient and economicalmode of administration, it shares the same concerns of non-specifictoxicity to non-target cells once the drug has been absorbed into thesystemic circulation. Further complications involve problems with oralbioavailability and residence of drug in the gastrointestinal tractleading to additional exposure of the gastrointestinal tract to the drugand hence risk of gastrointestinal tract toxicities.

Accordingly, a major goal has been to develop methods for specificallytargeting agents to cells and tissues. The benefits of such treatmentinclude avoiding the general physiological effects of inappropriatedelivery of such agents to other cells and tissues. The use ofantibody-drug conjugates for the targeted delivery of cytotoxic oranti-mitotic agents (e.g., drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in thetreatment of cancer) can allow targeted delivery of the drug moiety totumors and accumulation in tumor cells and the tumor environment. Incontrast, systemic administration of unconjugated drug agents may resultin unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells as well as the tumorcells sought to be eliminated.

The linkage of drugs to antibodies or other targeting moieties to formconjugates that are capable of releasing free drug involvesconsideration of a variety of factors, including the identity andlocation of the chemical group for conjugation of the drug, themechanism of drug release (e.g., via a cleavable bond), the structuralelements providing for drug release (e.g., an enzyme recognitionsequence and a cleavable bond), and any structural modificationsresulting from drug release. What is required is a means for conjugationand specific drug release that does not compromise drug activity. Insome instances, the installation of a chemical handle in a drug ofinterest may be desirable for effective conjugations and drug delivery.

In the medical field, there is a need for drug conjugates that canrelease potent anti-mitotic and cytotoxic compounds selectively atdesired target locations. The present disclosure fulfills these needsand provides further related advantages.

BRIEF SUMMARY

In brief, the present disclosure is directed to compositions comprisinga payload compound linked to a targeting moiety in a conjugate, andrelated methods of manufacture and use thereof. In one embodiment, theinvention provides conjugates that are enzymatically cleavable andcapable of releasing payload compound from targeting moiety uponenzymatic cleavage. In one embodiment, the targeting moiety is anantibody. In one embodiment, the payload compound is a biologicallyactive compound. In one embodiment, the payload compound is a cytotoxicor cytostatic drug. In one embodiment, the payload is a labeling moiety.

Accordingly, in one embodiment, the invention provides compositionshaving the following structure:

[(P)-(L)]_(m)-(T)   (I)

wherein (P) is a payload compound, (L) is a linker, (T) is a targetingmoiety, and m is an integer from 1 to 10. In certain embodiments, m is1.

In one embodiment, (P) is linked to (T) through (L) as depicted in thefollowing structure:

wherein:

R is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR²⁷—, —CSR²—, —OR²⁷—, and —NHR²⁷—wherein each R²⁷ is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, andoptionally substituted heteroaryl,

P³ is (P) or a portion of (P),

L³ is (L) or a portion of (L), and

(T) is a targeting moiety.

In a preferred embodiment, R is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionally substitutedheteroaryl.

As disclosed herein, in one embodiment of the invention, N-acylsulfonamide-containing conjugates may be synthesized such that an N-acylsulfonamide moiety is covalently linked to a chemical group, (R), whichcomprises a nitrogen atom that forms a peptide bond (the junctionpeptide bond (JPB)) with the carbonyl group of an amino acid that formspart of the linker (L). In one embodiment, the JPB is enzymaticallycleavable. Moieties similar to N-acyl sulfonamides, such as N-acylsulfamamides (owing to the nature of (R)), may also be used.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, a compound of formula (I) is providedwherein (P) is linked to (T) through (L) as depicted in the followingstructure:

wherein -L³-(T) has the following structure:

wherein P³ is the remaining portion of payload compound (P) and the —NH—group bonded to R″ forms a peptide bond referred to herein as thejunction peptide bond (JPB) with (AA)¹ in formula (III),

wherein R″ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR²⁷—,—CSR²⁷—, —OR²⁷—, and —NHR²⁷—, wherein each R²⁷ is, independently,optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and optionally substitutedheteroaryl, wherein each AA is independently an amino acid, wherein x isan integer from 0 to 25, wherein (L′) is the remaining portion (if any)of linker (L), wherein (T) is the targeting moiety. In one embodiment,(AA)¹-(AA)_(x) taken together comprises an amino acid sequence capableof facilitating enyzmatic cleavage of the JPB.

In one embodiment, a plurality of payload moiteties (P) are attached toa single linker moiety (L).

In some embodiments, —R″—NH— in formula (XXVI) is selected from thegroup consisting of:

In some embodiments, —R″—NH— in formula (XXVI) is selected from thegroup consisting of:

In one embodiment, cleavage of a compound of formula (I) results in acompound of formula (IV):

wherein P′ corresponds to P³ in formula (XXVI).

In one embodiment, cleavage of a compound of formula (I) results in acompound of formula (XIX)

wherein P′ corresponds to P³ in formula (XXVI).

In one embodiment, cleavage of the JPB results in a compound of formula(V):

wherein P′ corresponds to P³ in formula (XXVI).

In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of making acomposition having structure (I). Compositions having structure (I) canbe produced using a wide range of synthetic routes and a wide range ofreactants. For example, the N-acyl sulfonamide moiety and the R group offormula (XXVI) may be present in the same reactant or differentreactants. The N-acyl sulfonamide moiety may be present on a singlereactant or may be formed by two reactants in a conjugation reactionstep. The JPB may be intact within a reactant or may be formed by tworeactants in a conjugation reaction step. The JPB may be intact within asingle reactant that also contains the amino acid sequence facilitatingenzymatic cleavage of the JPB, or the amino acid sequence facilitatingenzymatic cleavage may be formed and brought together with the JPB bymultiple reactants in a conjugation reaction step. It will beappreciated that in combination with the group “R”, compounds offormulas (I), (II) (III), (XXI), and (XXVI) may be similar to N-acylsulfonamides (e.g., sulfamamides).

In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition is providedcomprising a composition having structure (I), or a stereoisomer,pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.

In another embodiment, a method of using a composition having structure(I) in therapy is provided. In particular, the present disclosureprovides a method of treating cancer in a mammal comprisingadministering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of acomposition having structure (I) or a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a composition having structure (I) and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier diluent or excipient.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method ofinhibiting tumor growth in a mammal comprising administering to a mammalin need thereof an effective amount of a composition having structure(I) or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a composition havingstructure (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent orexcipient.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method ofkilling cancer cells in vitro using a composition having structure (I).In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method ofkilling cancer cells in vivo in a mammal, comprising h; administering toa mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a composition havingstructure (I) or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compositionhaving structure (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluentor excipient.

These and other aspects of the disclosure will be apparent uponreference to the following detailed description.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound A on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 2 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound B on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 3 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound C on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 4 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound D on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 5 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound E on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 6 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound F on two cell lines(HCC1954 and NCI-N87).

FIG. 7 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound G on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 8 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound H on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 9 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound I on three cell lines(HCC1954, NCI-N87, and Jurkat).

FIG. 10 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound J on two cell lines(HCC1954 and NCI-N87).

FIG. 11 shows a cytotoxicity data plot for Compound K on three celllines [HCC1954 (human breast cancer), NCI-N87 (human gastric cancer),and Jurkat (human T cell leukemia)].

FIG. 12 shows the body weights of NSG mice inoculated with NCI-N87 tumorcells and treated on Day 22 with a single IV injection of eithervehicle, T-DM1, T-Compound I, or T-Compound K at 12 mg/kg, n=10.

FIG. 13 shows the tumor volumes of NSG mice inoculated with NCI-N87tumor cells and treated on Day 22 with a single IV injection of eithervehicle, T-DM1, T-Compound I, or T-Compound K at 12 mg/kg, n=10.

FIG. 14 shows the survival of NSG mice inoculated with NCI-N87 tumorcells and treated on Day 22 with a single IV injection of eithervehicle, T-DM1, T-I, or T-K at 12 mg/kg, n=10.

FIG. 15 shows the body weights of study mice, represented as percentchange of baseline (Day 27), for NSG mice inoculated with NCI-N87 cells(with matrigel) and treated on Day 27 with a single IV injection ofvehicle, Trastuzumab (T), T-DM1, T-Compound E at 1, 3, 7 or 12 mg/kg.Data is shown as averages (+/−SEM) n=6 (Veh and T), n=7 (T-DM1 3 mg/kg),and n=8 for all other groups.

FIG. 16 shows the tumor volumes of study mice following a single dose ofADC, Trastuzumab, or vehicle.

FIG. 17 shows the time to tumor recurrence (2-fold increase in volumecompared to treatment day) of NCI N87 tumor volumes (with matrigel) inNSG mice treated on Day 27 with a single IV injection of vehicle,Trastuzumab (T), T-DM1, or T-Compound E at 1, 3, 7 or 12 mg/kg. Data areshown as averages (+/ SEM) n=6 (Veh and T), n=7 (T-DM1 3 mg/kg), andn=8. *** P<0.001

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In the following description, certain specific details are set forth inorder to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments of thedisclosure. However, one skilled in the art will understand that thedisclosure may be practiced without these details.

Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the presentspecification and claims, the word “comprise” and variations thereof,such as, “comprises” and “comprising” are to be construed in an open,inclusive sense, that is as “including, but not limited to”.

Reference throughout this specification to “one embodiment” or “anembodiment” means that a particular feature, structure or characteristicdescribed in connection with the embodiment is included in at least oneembodiment of the present disclosure. Thus, the appearances of thephrases “in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various placesthroughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to thesame embodiment.

Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics maybe combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.

Unless stated otherwise, the following terms and phrases as used hereinare intended to have the following meanings. When trade names are usedherein, applicants intend to independently include the trade nameproduct formulation, the generic drug, and the active pharmaceuticalingredient(s) of the trade name product.

The term “antibody” herein is used in the broadest sense andspecifically covers intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies,multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies) formed from atleast two intact antibodies, and antibody fragments, so long as theyexhibit the desired biological activity. The term “antibody” refers to afull-length immunoglobulin molecule or a functionally active portion ofa full-length immunoglobulin molecule, i.e., a molecule that contains anantigen binding site that immunospecifically binds an antigen of atarget of interest or part thereof. The immunoglobulin disclosed hereincan be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, and IgA), class (e.g.,IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass of immunoglobulinmolecule. The immunoglobulins can be derived from any species. In oneaspect the immunoglobulin is of human, murine, or rabbit origin. Inanother aspect, the antibodies are polyclonal, monoclonal,multi-specific (e.g., bispecific), human, humanized or chimericantibodies, linear antibodies, single chain antibodies, diabodies,maxibodies, minibodies, Fv, Fab fragments, F(ab′) fragments, F(ab′)2fragments, fragments produced by a Fab expression library,anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, CDR's, and epitope-bindingfragments of any of the above which immunospecifically bind to a targetantigen.

The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibodyobtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies,i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identicalexcept for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present inminor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies include “chimeric” antibodies inwhich a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with orhomologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from aparticular species or belonging to a particular antibody class orsubclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with orhomologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from anotherspecies or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well asfragments of such antibodies (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; andMorrison et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855).Monoclonal antibodies also include humanized antibodies may contain acompletely human constant region and a CDRs from a nonhuman source.

An “intact” antibody is one which comprises an antigen-binding variableregion as well as a light chain constant domain (CL) and heavy chainconstant domains, C_(H1), C_(H2) and C_(H3). The constant domains may benative sequence constant domains (e.g., human native sequence constantdomains) or amino acid sequence variant thereof.

An intact antibody may have one or more “effector functions” which referto those biological activities attributable to the Fc region (a nativesequence Fc region or amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of anantibody. Examples of antibody effector functions include C1q binding;complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC; Fc receptor binding;antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; downregulation of cell surface receptors (e.g., B cell receptor; BCR), etc.In some embodiments, the antibody lacks effector function.

“Antibody fragments” comprise a portion of an intact antibody,preferably comprising the antigen-binding or variable region thereof.Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)₂, and Fvfragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibodymolecules; maxibodies; minibodies; and multispecific antibodies formedfrom antibody fragment(s).

An “isolated” antibody is one which has been identified and separatedand/or recovered from a component of its natural environment.Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials whichwould interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody,and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous ornonproteinaceous solutes. In some embodiments, the antibody will bepurified (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined bythe Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to adegree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal orinternal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3)to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditionsusing Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated antibodyincludes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at leastone component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present.Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least onepurification step.

An antibody “which binds” an antigen of interest is one capable ofbinding that antigen with sufficient affinity such that the antibody isuseful in targeting a cell expressing the antigen.

A “native sequence” polypeptide is one which has the same amino acidsequence as a polypeptide derived from nature. Such native sequencepolypeptides can be isolated from nature or can be produced byrecombinant or synthetic means. Thus, a native sequence polypeptide canhave the amino acid sequence of naturally-occurring human polypeptide,murine polypeptide, or polypeptide from any other mammalian species.

The term “amino acid” or “residue” as used herein includes any one ofthe twenty naturally occurring amino acids, the D-form of any one of thenaturally-occurring amino acids, non-naturally occurring amino acids,and derivatives, analogs, and mimetics thereof. Any amino acid,including naturally occurring amino acids, may be purchased commerciallyor synthesized by methods known in the art. Examples ofnon-naturally-occurring amino acids include citrulline (“Cit”),norleucine (“Nle”), norvaline (“Nva”), β-Alanine, L- or D-naphthalanine,ornithine (“Orn”), homoarginine (homoArg) and others well known in thepeptide art, including those described in M. Bodanzsky, “Principles ofPeptide Synthesis,” 1st and 2nd revised ed., Springer-Verlag, New York,N.Y., 1984 and 1993, and Stewart and Young, “Solid Phase PeptideSynthesis,” 2nd ed., Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, Ill., 1984, both ofwhich are incorporated herein by reference. Common amino acids may bereferred to by their full name, standard single-letter notation, orstandard three-letter notation for example: A, Ala, alanine; C, Cys,cysteine; D, Asp, aspartic; E, Glu, glutamic acid; F, Phe,phenylalanine; G, Gly, glycine; H, His, histidine; I, Ile isoleucine; K,Lys, lysine; L, Leu, leucine; M, Met, methionine; N, Asn, asparagine; P,Pro, proline; Q, Gln, glutamine; R, Arg, arginine; S, Ser, serine; T,Thr, threonine; V, Val, valine; W, Trp, tryptophan; X, Hyp,hydroxyproline; Y, Tyr, tyrosine. Any and all of the amino acids in thecompositions herein can be naturally occurring, synthetic, andderivatives or mimetics thereof. When the amino acid residues containone or more chiral centers, any of the D, L, meso, threo or erythro (asappropriate) racemates or mixtures thereof, fall within the scope ofthis invention. The terms “intracellularly cleaved” and “intracellularcleavage” refer to a process or reaction inside a cell on a compositionof the invention. In one embodiment, the junction peptide bond (JPB)linking the payload (P) to the linker (L) is broken, liberating payload(P) from targeting moiety (T) inside the cell. As disclosed herein, inone embodiment, the liberated payload (P) may be a compound having astructure selected from formula (IV) and formula (V) and formula (XIX).Other linkers known in the art may also be used in the invention.Linkers may be, for example, enzymatically cleavable or chemicallycleavable, or non-cleavable. In one embodiment, a payload may beliberated through the degradation or proteolysis of (T) and/or (L).

The terms “extracellularly cleaved” and “extracellular cleavage” referto a process or reaction outside a cell on a composition of theinvention. In one embodiment, the junction peptide bond (JPB) linkingthe payload (P) to the linker (L) is broken, liberating payload (P) fromtargeting moiety (T) outside a cell. As disclosed herein, in oneembodiment, the liberated payload (P) is a compound having a structureselected from formula (IV), (V) and (XIX).Accordingly, in oneembodiment, the invention provides compositions having the followingstructure:

[(P)-(L)]_(m)-(T)   (I)

wherein (P) is a payload compound, (L) is absent or a linker, (T) is atargeting moiety, and m is an integer between from 1 to 10. In certainembodiments, m is 1.

In one embodiment, (P) is linked to (T) through (L) as depicted in thefollowing structure:

wherein:

R is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR²⁷—, —CSR²⁷—, —OR²⁷—, and—NHR²⁷—, wherein each R²⁷ is, independently, optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

P³ is (P) or a portion of (P);

L³ is (L) or a portion of (L); and

(T) is a targeting moiety.

In one embodiment, (P)-(L) has the following structure (II):

wherein:

R is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl,optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl,optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR²⁷—, —CSR²⁷—, —OR²⁷—, and—NHR²⁷—, wherein each R²⁷ is, independently, optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or R is absent,

(P) is P³ and any portion of N-acyl sulfonamide-R bound to P³ aftercleavage; and

(L) is L³ and any portion of N-acyl sulfonamide-R bound to L³ aftercleavage.

In a preferred embodiment, R is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionally substitutedheteroaryl, or R is absent.

In some embodiments, R is present and (L) is present and (L) and (P) arelinked by a peptide bond.

In some embodiments, (L) and L³ are absent and (P) is bonded to (T) andhas the structure of Formula (XXXI):

A wide variety of compounds find use as (P) in the invention. Ofparticular interest include, antibiotics, diagnostic agents (e.g.detectable labels), anti-inflammatory agents, anti-viral agents,cytotoxic agents, and anti-cancer drugs.

Also provided are compounds of formula (I) that are enzymaticallycleavable and capable of releasing payload compound (P) from targetingmoiety (T) upon enzymatic cleavage. In some embodiments, the payloadcompound is a biologically active compound. In some embodiments, thepayload compound is a cytotoxic or cytostatic drug.

As disclosed herein, N-acyl sulfonamide-containing cleavable conjugatesmay be synthesized such that an N-acyl sulfonamide moiety is covalentlylinked to a chemical group, (R), which is covalently bonded to anitrogen atom that forms an enzymatically cleavable peptide bond (thejunction peptide bond (JPB)) with the carbonyl group of an amino acidthat forms part of the amino acid sequence facilitating enzymaticcleavage of the JPB. Moieties similar to N-acyl sulfonamides, such asN-acyl sulfamamides, may also be used.

In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Formula I:

[P-L]_(m)-(T)   (I)

wherein (P) is a biologically active compound having the followingstructure (XXX):

In one embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Formula I:

[(P)-(L)]_(m)-(T)   (I)

wherein (P) is a biologically active compound, (L) is a linker, (T) is atargeting moiety, and m is an integer from 1 to 10, wherein (P) has thefollowing structure XX:

and wherein (L)-(T) has the following structure (III):

wherein P⁴ is the remaining portion of payload compound (P) and the —NH—group bonded to R in formula (II) forms a peptide bond referred toherein as the junction peptide bond (JPB) with (AA)¹ in formula (III),wherein the JPB is enzymatically cleavable, wherein R is selected fromthe group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionallysubstituted heteroaryl, —COR²⁷—, —CSR²⁷—, —OR²⁷—, and —NHR²⁷—, whereineach R²⁷ is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl, wherein each AA is independently an amino acid,wherein x is an integer from 0 to 25, wherein (L′) is the remainingportion (if any) of linker (L), wherein (T) is the targeting moiety, andwherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) taken together comprises an amino acid sequencecapable of facilitating enyzmatic cleavage of the JPB.

In certain embodiments, m is 1.

In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and optionally substitutedheteroaryl.

In one embodiment, —R—NH— of formula XX is selected from:

wherein each n is independently an integer from 0-10.

In a preferred embodiment —R—NH— of formula XX is selected from:

In a preferred embodiment, —R—NH— of formula XX is selected from:

In one embodiment, cleavage results in a compound of formula (IV):

wherein P′ corresponds to P⁴ in formula XX.

In one embodiment, cleavage results in a compound of formula (XIX):

wherein P′ corresponds to P⁴ in formula XX.

In one embodiment, cleavage of the JPB results in a compound of formula(V):

wherein P′ corresponds to P⁴ in formula XX.

In one embodiment of the invention, P has the following structure (VI)

or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,and (L)-(T) has the following structure (III):

wherein:

m is an integer from 1 to 10;

R₁ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR₂₄—, —CSR₂₄—,—OR₂₄—, and —NHR₂₄—, wherein each R₂₄ is, independently, optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₃ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R₄ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl; and

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl and —SH, and

wherein the —NH— group bonded to R₁ in formula (VI) forms the junctionpeptide bond (JPB) with (AA)¹ in formula (III), wherein the JPB isenzymatically cleavable, wherein each AA is independently an amino acid,wherein x is an integer from 0 to 25, wherein (L′) is the remainingportion (if any) of linker (L), wherein (T) is the targeting moiety, andwherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) taken together comprises an amino acid sequencecapable of facilitating enyzmatic cleavage of the (JPB).

In a preferred embodiment, R₃ is H;

In a preferred embodiment, R₄ is methyl.

In a preferred embodiment, m is 1.

In one embodiment, R₁ is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionally substitutedheteroaryl.

In a further embodiment, each optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl is, independently, optionally substituted with═O, ═S, —OH, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R₂₈,—CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈, —NO₂, —SO₃H,—SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently, alkyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, each optionally substituted aryl andoptionally substituted heteroaryl is, independently, selected from thegroup consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionallysubstituted naphthyl, optionally substituted anthracyl, optionallysubstituted phenanthryl, optionally substituted furyl, optionallysubstituted pyrrolyl, optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionallysubstituted benzofuryl, optionally substituted benzothiophenyl,optionally substituted quinolinyl, optionally substituted isoquinolinyl,optionally substituted imidazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl,optionally substituted oxazolyl, and optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another further embodiment, R2 is selected from one of the followingstructures (A), (B), (C), (D):

wherein:

each Q is independently selected from CR₂₉ or N;

each Z is independently selected from C(R₂₉)₂, NR₂₉, S, or 0;

each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of H,—OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₂ is selected from the group consistingof:

wherein each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consistingof H, —OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₂ is selected from the group consistingof:

In another further embodiment, R₂ is:

In another further embodiment, R₃, R₄ and R₅ are each methyl.

In another further embodiment, R₃ is H, R₄ is methyl, and R₅ is methyl.

It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure (VI),as set forth above, and any specific substituent set forth herein for aR₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, R₂₈, or R₂₉ group in the compounds of structure(VI), as set forth herein, may be independently combined with otherembodiments and/or substituents of compounds of structure (VI) to formembodiments of the present disclosure not specifically set forth above.In addition, in the event that a list of substituents is listed for anyparticular R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, R₂₈, or R₂₉ in a particular embodimentand/or claim, it is understood that each individual substituent may bedeleted from the particular embodiment and/or claim and that theremaining list of substituents will be considered to be within the scopeof the present disclosure.

In one embodiment of the invention, P has the following structure (XIV):

or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,and (L^(a))-(T) has the following structure (III):

wherein:

R₆ and R₇ are independently selected from the group consisting of: H anda saturated or unsaturated moiety having a linear, branched, ornon-aromatic cyclic skeleton containing one to ten carbon atoms, and thecarbon atoms are optionally substituted with: —OH, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F,—CN, —CO₂H, —CHO, —COSH, or —NO₂; or R₇ and R₁₀ are fused and form aring;

R₈ and R₉ are independently selected from the group consisting of: H,R′, ArR′—, or R₈ and R₉ are joined to form a ring;

R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of: H, R′, ArR′—, and Ar; orR₁₀ and R₇ are fused and form a ring;

R₁₁ is selected from the group consisting of: H, R′, and ArR′—;

R₁₂ and R₁₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of: H,R′, and ArR′—;

R₁₄ is:

and

R₁₅ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR₂₄—, —CSR₂₄—,—OR₂₄—, and —NHR₂₄—, wherein each R₂₄ is, independently, optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

wherein R′ is defined as a saturated or unsaturated moiety having alinear, branched, or non-aromatic cyclic skeleton containing one to tencarbon atoms, zero to four nitrogen atoms, zero to four oxygen atoms,and zero to four sulfur atoms, and the carbon atoms are optionallysubstituted with: ═O, ═S, OH, —OR₁₆, —O₂CR₁₆, —SH, —SR₁₆, —SOCR₁₆, —NH₂,—NHR₁₆, —N(R₁₆)₂, —NHCOR₁₆, —NR₁₆COR₁₆, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₁₆, —CHO, —COR₁₆, —CONH₂, —CONHR₁₆, —CON(R₁₆)₂, —COSH, —COSR₁₆,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₁₆, —SO₂R₁₆, wherein R₁₆ is a linear, branched orcyclic, one to ten carbon saturated or unsaturated alkyl group;

the ring formed by joining R₈ and R₉ is a three to seven membernon-aromatic cyclic skeleton within the definition of R′,

Y is defined as a moiety selected from the group consisting of: alinear, saturated or unsaturated, one to six carbon alkyl group,optionally substituted with R′, ArR′—, or X; and,

X is defined as a moiety selected from the group consisting of: —OH,—OR′, ═O, ═S, —O₂CR′, —SH, —SR′, —SOCR′, —NH₂, —NHR′, —N(R′)₂, —NHCOR′,—NRCOR′, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R′, —CHO, —COR′, —CONH₂,—CONHR′, —CON(R′)₂, —COSH, —COSR′, —NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR′, and —SO₂R′; and

wherein the —NH— group bonded to R₁₅ in formula (XIV) forms a junctionpeptide bond (JPB) with (AA)¹ in formula (III), wherein the JPB isenzymatically cleavable, wherein each AA is independently an amino acid,wherein x is an integer from 0 to 25, wherein (L′) is the remainingportion (if any) of linker (L), wherein (T) is the targeting moiety, andwherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) taken together comprises an amino acid sequencecapable of facilitating enyzmatic cleavage of the (JPB).

In one embodiment, Ar is an aromatic ring selected from the groupconsisting of: phenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl, pyrrolyl.

In a further embodiment, each optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl is, independently, optionally substituted with═O, ═S, —OH, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R₂₈,—CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈, —NO₂, —SO₃H,—SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈ wherein each R₂₈ is, independently, alkyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, each optionally substituted aryl andoptionally substituted heteroaryl is, independently, selected from thegroup consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionallysubstituted naphthyl, optionally substituted anthracyl, optionallysubstituted phenanthryl, optionally substituted furyl, optionallysubstituted pyrrolyl, optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionallysubstituted benzofuryl, optionally substituted benzothiophenyl,optionally substituted quinolinyl, optionally substituted isoquinolinyl,optionally substituted imidazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl,optionally substituted oxazolyl, and optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is selected from one of the followingstructures (A), (B), (C), (D):

wherein:

each Q is independently selected from CR₂₉ or N;

each Z is independently selected from C(R₂₉)₂, NR₂₉, S, or 0;

each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of H,—OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is selected from the group consistingof:

wherein each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consistingof H, —OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is selected from the group consistingof:

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is:

In another further embodiment, R₆ and R₇ are each methyl.

In another further embodiment, R₆ is H and R₇ is methyl.

In one embodiment, R₁₂ is branched C4 alkyl.

It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure(XIV), as set forth h, and any specific substituent set forth herein fora R₆, R₇, R₈, R₉, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₈, or R₂₉ groupin the compounds of structure (XIV), as set forth above, may beindependently combined with other embodiments and/or substituents ofcompounds of structure (XIV) to form embodiments of the presentdisclosure not specifically set forth above. In addition, in the eventthat a list of substituents is listed for any particular R₆, R₇, R₈, R₉,R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₈, or R₂₉ in a particularembodiment and/or claim, it is understood that each individualsubstituent may be deleted from the particular embodiment and/or claimand that the remaining list of substituents will be considered to bewithin the scope of the present disclosure.

In one embodiment of the invention, P has the following structure (XV):

or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;and (L)-(T) has the following structure (III):

wherein:

R₁₇ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR₂₄—, —CSR₂₄—,—OR₂₄—, and —NHR₂₄—, wherein each R₂₄ is, independently, optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₈ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₉ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R₂₀ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R₂₁ and R₂₇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H,C₁₋₆ alkyl and —SH, with the proviso that R₂₁ and R₂₇ cannot both be H;R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₄ and R₂₅ are independently selected from the groupconsisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl, at least one of R₂₂ and R₂₃ is H; or R₂₃and R₂₄ form a double bond, R₂₂ is H, and R₂₅ is H or C₁₋₆ alkyl; andR₂₆ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl; andwherein the —NH— group bonded to R₁₇ in formula (XV) forms a junctionpeptide bond (JPB) with (AA)¹ in formula (III), wherein the JPB isenzymatically cleavable, wherein each AA is independently an amino acid,wherein x is an integer from 0 to 25, wherein (L′) is the remainingportion (if any) of linker (L), wherein (T) is the targeting moiety, andwherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) taken together comprises an amino acid sequencecapable of facilitating enyzmatic cleavage of the (JPB).

In a further embodiment, each optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl is, independently, optionally substituted with═O, ═S, —OH, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R₂₈,—CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈, —NO₂, —SO₃H,—SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently, alkyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, each optionally substituted aryl andoptionally substituted heteroaryl is, independently, selected from thegroup consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionallysubstituted naphthyl, optionally substituted anthracyl, optionallysubstituted phenanthryl, optionally substituted furyl, optionallysubstituted pyrrolyl, optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionallysubstituted benzofuryl, optionally substituted benzothiophenyl,optionally substituted quinolinyl, optionally substituted isoquinolinyl,optionally substituted imidazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl,optionally substituted oxazolyl, and optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another further embodiment, R₁₈ is selected from one of the followingstructures (A), (B), (C), (D):

wherein:

each Q is independently CR₂₉ or N;

each Z is independently C(R₂₉)₂, NR₂₉, S, or 0;

each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of H,—OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁₈ is selected from the group consistingof:

wherein each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consistingof H, —OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁₈ is selected from the group consistingof:

In another further embodiment, R₁₈ is:

In another further embodiment, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₇ are each methyl.

In another further embodiment, R₁₉ is H, R₂₀ is methyl, R₂₁ is methyl,and R₂₇ is methyl.

It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure (XV),as set forth above, and any specific substituent set forth herein for aR₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₁, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₄, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₂₇, R₂₈, or R₂₉ groupin the compounds of structure (XV), as set forth above, may beindependently combined with other embodiments and/or substituents ofcompounds of structure (XV) to form embodiments of the presentdisclosure not specifically set forth above. In addition, in the eventthat a list of substituents is listed for any particular R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉,R₂₀, R₂₁, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₄, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₂₇, R₂₈, or R₂₉ in a particularembodiment and/or claim, it is understood that each individualsubstituent may be deleted from the particular embodiment and/or claimand that the remaining list of substituents will be considered to bewithin the scope of the present disclosure.

In one embodiment, —R₁—NH— in structure (VI), the —R₁₅—NH— in structure(XIV), or the —R₁₇—NH— in structure (XV) is selected from:

wherein each n is independently an integer from 0-10.

In a preferred embodiment, —R₁—NH— in structure (VI), the —R₁₅—NH— instructure (XIV), or the —R₁₇—NH— in structure (XV) is selected from:

In a preferred embodiment, —R₁—NH— in structure (VI), the —R₁₅—NH— instructure (XIV) or the —R₁₇—NH— in structure (XV) is selected from:

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula (XI):

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R¹ is selected from: amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl, amino-C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, amino-heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents selected from aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylthio, carboxyl, carboxamide, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, guanidino, halo, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, hydroxyl, and thio;or

R¹ is R^(a)R^(b)NCH(R^(c))—;

R^(a) is selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R^(b) is C₁-C₆ alkyl; and

R^(c) is R—CH(CH₃)₂—; and

R^(d) is selected from: H, aryl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, and heteroaryl, eachof which is optionally substituted with one or more substituentsselected from: C₁-C₄ acylthio, C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkylamino, C₁-C₄ alkyloxy, amino, amino-C₁-C₄ alkyl, halo, C₁-C₄haloalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy-C₁-C₄ alkyl, and thio, wherein C₂-C₄alkenyl, C₁-C₄ alkylamino and C₁-C₄ alkyloxy are further optionallysubstituted with one substituent selected from C₁-C₄ alkylaryl,hydroxyl, and thio; or

R^(b) and R^(c) taken together with the atoms to which they are eachbonded form a heterocyclyldiyl;

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloacyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro,thio, and thio-C₁-C₆ alkyl; and

X is —C(O)NHCH(CH₂R³)—, or X is absent; and

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl.

Also provided are embodiments in which (P) is a compound of Formula XI,XIa, XIb, XIc, XId, XIe, XIf, XIg, XIh, XIi, XIj, or XIk, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (P) is covalently attached to(L), if (L) is present, or (T), if (L) is not present.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIa:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIa:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and methyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIb:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl;

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIb:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl;

R³ is selected from: 1H-indol-3-yl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl,5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and methyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIc:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl; and

X is —C(O)NHCH(CH₂R³)—, or X is absent; and

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIc:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl; 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl; and

X is —C(O)NHCH(CH₂R³)—, or X is absent; and

R³ is selected from: 1H-indol-3-yl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl,5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and methyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XId:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C1-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XId:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethyiphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and methyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIe:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl; and

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIe:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl; and

R³ is selected from: 1H-indol-3-yl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl,5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl; and

R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently selected from: H and methyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIf:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl; and

X is —C(O)NHCH(CH₂R³)—, or X is absent; and

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIf:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl; and

X is —C(O)NHCH(CH₂R³)—, or X is absent; and

R³ is selected from: 1H-indol-3-yl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl,5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIg:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIg:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIh:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C1-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl; and

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIh:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl; and

R³ is selected from: 1H-indol-3-yl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl,5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIi:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl;

X is —C(O)NHCH(CH₂R³)—, or X is absent; and

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIi:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl;

X is —C(O)NHCH(CH₂R³)—, or X is absent; and

R³ is selected from: 1H-indol-3-yl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl,5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula Ij:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula Ij:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIk:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: C₂-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₄-C₇cycloalkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl, amino-aryl,amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, cyano, C₁-C₆haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆alkyl; and

R³ is selected from: aryl, heteroaryl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, eachoptionally substituted with one substituent selected from amino andhydroxyl.

In one embodiment of the invention (P) is a compound of Formula XIk:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl, 3-mercaptopropyl,2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, phenyl, 2-fluorobenzyl,piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl; and

R³ is selected from: 1H-indol-3-yl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl,5-hydroxypyridin-2-yl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl.

In one embodiment, (—R²—) in any of Formulas XI and XIa-XIk is (—R″—NH—)wherein R″ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR²⁷—,—CSR²⁷—, —OR²⁷— and —NHR²—, wherein each R^(2′) is, independently,optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and optionally substitutedheteroaryl.

In one embodiment, (—R″—NH—) is linked to -(L)-(T):

wherein the —NH— group bonded to R″ forms a peptide bond referred toherein as the junction peptide bond (JPB) with (AA)¹ in formula (III).AA is independently an amino acid, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 25,wherein (L′) is optionally the remaining portion of linker (L), and (T)is the targeting moiety. In one embodiment, (AA)¹-(AA), taken togethercomprises an amino acid sequence that facilitates cleavage of the JPB.

In one embodiment, the targeting moiety is an antibody. Accordingly, inone embodiment, antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) comprising a compounddescribed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrugthereof, are provided.

In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of making acomposition of Formula II.

In another embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition is providedcomprising a composition of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent orexcipient.

In another embodiment, a method of using a composition of Formula II intherapy is provided. In particular, the present disclosure provides amethod of treating cancer in a mammal comprising administering to amammal in need thereof an effective amount of a composition of FormulaII or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a composition of FormulaII and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier diluent or excipient.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method ofinhibiting tumor growth in a mammal comprising administering to a mammalin need thereof an effective amount of a composition of Formula II or apharmaceutical composition comprising a composition of Formula II and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method ofkilling cancer cells in vitro using a composition of Formula II. Inanother embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method of killingcancer cells in vivo in a mammal, comprising administering to a mammalin need thereof an effective amount of a composition of Formula II or apharmaceutical composition comprising a composition of Formula II and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a method ofincreasing the survival time of a mammal having cancer, comprisingadministering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of acomposition of Formula II or a pharmaceutical composition comprising acomposition of Formula II and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,diluent or excipient.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a use of acomposition of Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer in amammal.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a use of acomposition of Formula II, in the manufacture of a medicament forinhibiting tumor growth in a mammal.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a use of acomposition of Formula II, in the manufacture of a medicament forincreasing survival of a mammal having cancer.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition ofFormula II or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a composition ofFormula II, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal bodyby therapy.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition ofFormula II or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a composition ofFormula II, for use in treating cancer in a mammal.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition ofFormula II or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a composition ofFormula II, for use in inhibiting tumor growth in a mammal.

In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a composition ofFormula II or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a composition ofFormula II, for use in increasing survival of a mammal having cancer.

In one embodiment, cleavage of the JPB results in a compound of formula(IV) or a compound of formula (V):

wherein P′ corresponds to P′ in formula (II).

“Amino” refers to the —NH₂ substituent.

“Cyano” refers to the —CN substituent.

“Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the —OH substituent.

“Imino” refers to the ═NH substituent.

“Nitro” refers to the —NO₂ substituent.

“Oxo” refers to the ═O substituent.

“Thiol” refers to the —SH substituent.

“Thioxo” refers to the ═S substituent.

“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain substituentconsisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, which is saturated orunsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds),having from one to twenty-five carbon atoms (C₁-C₂₅ alkyl), preferablyone to eight carbon atoms (C₁-C₈ alkyl) or one to six carbon atoms(C₁-C₆ alkyl), and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by asingle bond, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl),n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl,2-methylhexyl, ethenyl, prop-1-enyl, but-1-enyl, pent-1-enyl,penta-1,4-dienyl, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and thelike. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, analkyl group may be optionally substituted.

“Alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalenthydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a substituentgroup, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen, which is saturated orunsaturated (i.e., contains one or more double and/or triple bonds), andhaving from one to twenty-five carbon atoms, preferably one to twelvecarbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, n-butylene,ethenylene, propenylene, n-butenylene, propynylene, n-butynylene, andthe like. The alkylene chain is attached to the rest of the moleculethrough a single or double bond and to the substituent group through asingle or double bond. The points of attachment of the alkylene chain tothe rest of the molecule and to the substituent group can be through onecarbon or any two carbons within the chain. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, an alkylene chain may be optionallysubstituted.

“Alkoxy” refers to a substituent of the formula —OR_(a) where R_(a) isan alkyl substituent as defined above containing one to twenty-fivecarbon atoms, preferably one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group may beoptionally substituted.

“Alkylamino” refers to a substituent of the formula —NHR_(a) or—NR_(a)R_(a) where each R_(a) is, independently, an alkyl substituent asdefined above containing one to twenty-five carbon atoms, preferably oneto twelve carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, an alkylamino group may be optionally substituted.

“Thioalkyl” refers to a substituent of the formula —SR_(a) where R_(a)is an alkyl substituent as defined above containing one to twenty-fivecarbon atoms, preferably one to twelve carbon atoms. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, a thioalkyl group may beoptionally substituted.

“Aryl” refers to a hydrocarbon ring system substituent comprisinghydrogen, 6 to 18 carbon atoms and at least one aromatic ring. Forpurposes of this disclosure, the aryl substituent may be a monocyclic,bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which may include fusedor bridged ring systems. Aryl substituents include, but are not limitedto, aryl substituents derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene,acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, fluoranthene,fluorene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene,phenalene, phenanthrene, pleiadene, pyrene, and triphenylene. Unlessstated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “aryl” orthe prefix “ar-” (such as in “aralkyl”) is meant to include arylsubstituents that are optionally substituted.

“Aralkyl” refers to a substituent of the formula —R_(b)—R_(c) whereR_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined above and R_(c) is one or morearyl substituents as defined above, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyland the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification,an aralkyl group may be optionally substituted.

“Cycloalkyl” or “carbocyclic ring” refers to a stable non-aromaticmonocyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon substituent consisting solely ofcarbon and hydrogen atoms, which may include fused or bridged ringsystems, having from three to fifteen carbon atoms, preferably havingfrom three to ten carbon atoms, and which is saturated or unsaturatedand attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Monocyclicsubstituents include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic substituentsinclude, for example, adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl,7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like. Unless otherwisestated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl group may beoptionally substituted.

“Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to a substituent of the formula —R_(b)R^(d)where R_(d) is an alkylene chain as defined above and R_(g) is acycloalkyl substituent as defined above. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, a cycloalkylalkyl group may beoptionally substituted.

“Fused” refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused toan existing ring structure in the compounds of the disclosure. When thefused ring is a heterocyclyl ring or a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atomon the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fusedheterocyclyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring may be replaced with anitrogen atom.

“Halo” or “halogen” refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.

“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl substituent, as defined above, that issubstituted by one or more halo substituents, as defined above, e.g.,trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl,1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl, 1,2-dibromoethyl, and thelike. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, ahaloalkyl group may be optionally substituted.

“Heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic ring” refers to a stable 3- to18-membered non-aromatic ring substituent which consists of two totwelve carbon atoms and from one to six heteroatoms selected from thegroup consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, the heterocyclyl substituent may be amonocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic ring system, which mayinclude fused or bridged ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon orsulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl substituent may be optionally oxidized;the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the heterocyclylsubstituent may be partially or fully saturated. Examples of suchheterocyclyl substituents include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyl,thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl,imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl,octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl,2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl,piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl,thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl,thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, and1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, a heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted.

“N-heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocyclyl substituent as defined abovecontaining at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment ofthe heterocyclyl substituent to the rest of the molecule is through anitrogen atom in the heterocyclyl substituent.

Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, aN-heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted.

“Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a substituent of the formula —R_(b)R_(e)where R_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined above and R_(e) is aheterocyclyl substituent as defined above, and if the heterocyclyl is anitrogen-containing heterocyclyl, the heterocyclyl may be attached tothe alkyl substituent at the nitrogen atom. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, a heterocyclylalkyl group may beoptionally substituted.

“Heteroaryl” refers to a 5- to 14-membered ring system substituentcomprising hydrogen atoms, one to thirteen carbon atoms, one to sixheteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen andsulfur, and at least one aromatic ring. For purposes of this disclosure,the heteroaryl substituent may be a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic ortetracyclic ring system, which may include fused or bridged ringsystems; and the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heteroarylsubstituent may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may beoptionally quaternized. Examples include, but are not limited to,azepinyl, acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzindolyl,benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl,benzothiadiazolyl, benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl,benzonaphthofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxinyl,benzopyranyl, benzopyranonyl, benzofuranyl, benzofuranonyl, benzothienyl(benzothiophenyl), benzotriazolyl, benzo[4,6]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl,carbazolyl, cinnolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, furanyl,furanonyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indazolyl, indolyl, indazolyl,isoindolyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, isoquinolyl, indolizinyl,isoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxadiazolyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolyl,oxiranyl, 1-oxidopyridinyl, 1-oxidopyrimidinyl, 1-oxidopyrazinyl,1-oxidopyridazinyl, 1-phenyl-1H-pyrrolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl,phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl,pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl,quinoxalinyl, quinolinyl, quinuclidinyl, isoquinolinyl,tetrahydroquinolinyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl,triazinyl, and thiophenyl (i.e. thienyl). Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, a heteroaryl group may be optionallysubstituted.

“N-heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl substituent as defined abovecontaining at least one nitrogen and where the point of attachment ofthe heteroaryl substituent to the rest of the molecule is through anitrogen atom in the heteroaryl substituent. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, an N-heteroaryl group may beoptionally substituted.

“Heteroarylalkyl” refers to a substituent of the formula —R_(b)R_(f)where R_(b) is an alkylene chain as defined above and R_(f) is aheteroaryl substituent as defined above. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, a heteroarylalkyl group may beoptionally substituted.

The term “substituted” used herein means any of the above groups (i.e.,alkyl, alkylene, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl,cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl)wherein at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by a bond to anon-hydrogen atoms such as, but not limited to: a halogen atom such asF, Cl, Br, and I; an oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups,alkoxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiolgroups, thioalkyl groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxidegroups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as azides, amines, amides,alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines,N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such astrialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups,and triarylsilyl groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups.“Substituted” also means any of the above groups in which one or morehydrogen atoms are replaced by a higher-order bond (e.g., a double- ortriple-bond) to a heteroatom such as oxygen in oxo, carbonyl, carboxyl,and ester groups; and nitrogen in groups such as imines, oximes,hydrazones, and nitriles. For example, “substituted” includes any of theabove groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with—NR_(g)R_(h), —NR_(g)C(═O)R_(h), —NR_(g)C(═O)NR_(g)R_(h),—NR_(g)C(═O)OR_(h), —NR_(g)C(═NR_(g))NR_(g)R_(h), —NR_(g)SO₂R_(b),—OC(═O)NR_(g)R_(h), —OR_(g), —SR_(g), —SOR_(g), —SO₂R_(g), —OSO₂R_(g),—SO₂OR_(g), ═NSO₂R_(g), and —SO₂NR_(g)R_(h). “Substituted” also meansany of the above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replacedwith —C(═O)R_(g), —C(═O)OR_(g), —C(═O)NR_(g)R_(h), —CH₂SO₂R_(g),—CH₂SO₂NR_(g)R_(h). In the foregoing, R_(g) and R_(h) are the same ordifferent and independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino,thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl,heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl,N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkyl. “Substituted” further means any ofthe above groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by abond to an amino, cyano, hydroxyl, imino, nitro, oxo, thioxo, halo,alkyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, thioalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl,cycloalkylalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, N-heterocyclyl,heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, N-heteroaryl and/or heteroarylalkylgroup. In addition, each of the foregoing substituents may also beoptionally substituted with one or more of the above substituents.

The term “protecting group,” as used herein, refers to a labile chemicalmoiety which is known in the art to protect reactive groups includingwithout limitation, hydroxyl and amino groups, against undesiredreactions during synthetic procedures. Hydroxyl and amino groups whichprotected with a protecting group are referred to herein as “protectedhydroxyl groups” and “protected amino groups”, respectively. Protectinggroups are typically used selectively and/or orthogonally to protectsites during reactions at other reactive sites and can then be removedto leave the unprotected group as is or available for further reactions.Protecting groups as known in the art are described generally in Greeneand Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, JohnWiley & Sons, New York (1999). Groups can be selectively incorporatedinto compounds of the present disclosure as precursors. For example anamino group can be placed into a compound of the disclosure as an azidogroup that can be chemically converted to the amino group at a desiredpoint in the synthesis. Generally, groups are protected or present as aprecursor that will be inert to reactions that modify other areas of theparent molecule for conversion into their final groups at an appropriatetime. Further representative protecting or precursor groups arediscussed in Agrawal, et al., Protocols for Oligonucleotide Conjugates,Eds, Humana Press; New Jersey, 1994; Vol. 26 pp. 1-72. Examples of“hydroxyl protecting groups” include, but are not limited to, t-butyl,t-butoxymethyl, methoxymethyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1-ethoxyethyl,1-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, p-chlorophenyl,2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, diphenylmethyl,p-nitrobenzyl, triphenylmethyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl,t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), triphenylsilyl,benzoylformate, acetate, chloroacetate, trichloroacetate,trifluoroacetate, pivaloate, benzoate, p-phenylbenzoate,9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, mesylate and tosylate. Examples of “aminoprotecting groups” include, but are not limited to, carbamate-protectinggroups, such as 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl (Teoc),1-methyl-1-(4-biphenylyl)-ethoxycarbonyl (Bpoc), t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC),allyloxycarbonyl (Alloc), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), andbenzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); amide protecting groups, such as formyl,acetyl, trihaloacetyl, benzoyl, and nitrophenylacetyl;sulfonamide-protecting groups, such as 2-nitrobenzenesulfonyl; and imineand cyclic imide protecting groups, such as phthalimido anddithiasuccinoyl.

“Prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted underphysiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically activecompound of the disclosure. Thus, the term “prodrug” refers to ametabolic precursor of a compound of the disclosure that ispharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administeredto a subject in need thereof, but is converted in vivo to an activecompound of the disclosure. Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformedin vivo to yield the parent compound of the disclosure, for example, byhydrolysis in blood. The prodrug compound often offers advantages ofsolubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalianorganism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24(Elsevier, Amsterdam)). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi,T., et al., A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in BioreversibleCarriers in Drug Design, Ed. Edward B. Roche, American PharmaceuticalAssociation and Pergamon Press, 1987.

Prodrugs of a compound of the disclosure may be prepared by modifyingfunctional groups present in the compound of the disclosure in such away that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulationor in vivo, to the parent compound of the disclosure. Prodrugs includecompounds of the disclosure wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto groupis bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the compound of thedisclosure is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form afree hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examplesof prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate andbenzoate derivatives of alcohol or amide derivatives of amine functionalgroups in the compounds of the disclosure and the like.

“Drug-antibody ratio” or “DAR” is meant to indicate the number of drugmoieties conjugated to the targeting moiety, i.e., the antibody. Incertain embodiments, there is the same number of payload (P) and linker(L) in [(P)-(L)] and DAR is represented by the value “m” in Formula Iand can be an integer from 1 to 10. In other embodiments, the linker (L)is a multifunctional unit that links more than one payload (P) to asingle targeting moiety (T).

The present disclosure also meant to encompass all pharmaceuticallyacceptable compounds of structure (I) being isotopically-labelled byhaving one or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomicmass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated intothe disclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen,oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, and iodine, such as ²H, ³H,¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹³N, ¹⁵N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷O, ¹⁸O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, ³⁶Cl, ¹²³I,and ¹²⁵I, respectively. These radiolabelled compounds could be useful tohelp determine or measure the effectiveness of the compounds, bycharacterizing, for example, the site or mode of action, or bindingaffinity to pharmacologically important site of action. Certainisotopically-labelled compounds of structure (I), for example, thoseincorporating a radioactive isotope, are useful in drug and/or substratetissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. ³H,and carbon-14, i.e. ¹⁴C, are particularly useful for this purpose inview of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.

Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. ²H, mayafford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolicstability, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosagerequirements, and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.

Substitution with positron emitting isotopes, such as ¹¹C, ¹⁸F, ¹⁵O and¹³N, can be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies forexamining substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically-labeled compoundsof structure (I) can generally be prepared by conventional techniquesknown to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to thosedescribed in the Preparations and Examples as set out below using anappropriate isotopically-labeled reagent in place of the non-labeledreagent previously employed.

The present disclosure is also meant to encompass the in vivo metabolicproducts of the disclosed compounds. Such products may result from, forexample, the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation,esterification, and the like of the administered compound, primarily dueto enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the present disclosure includescompounds produced by a process comprising administering a compound ofthis disclosure to a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield ametabolic product thereof. Such products are typically identified byadministering a radiolabelled compound of the disclosure in a detectabledose to an animal, such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to human,allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur, and isolating itsconversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.

“Stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate acompound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a usefuldegree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into anefficacious therapeutic agent.

“Mammal” includes humans and both domestic animals such as laboratoryanimals and household pets (e.g., cats, dogs, swine, cattle, sheep,goats, horses, rabbits), and non-domestic animals such as wildlife andthe like.

“Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described eventof circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includesinstances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in whichit does not. For example, “optionally substituted aryl” means that thearyl substituent may or may not be substituted and that the descriptionincludes both substituted aryl substituents and aryl substituents havingno substitution.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient” includeswithout limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweeteningagent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant,wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonicagent, solvent, or emulsifier which has been approved by the UnitedStates Food and Drug Administration as being acceptable for use inhumans or domestic animals.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both acid and base additionsalts.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those saltswhich retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the freebases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and whichare formed with inorganic acids such as, but are not limited to,hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid,phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as, but not limitedto, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, adipic acid, alginic acid,ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid,4-acetamidobenzoic acid, camphoric acid, camphor-10-sulfonic acid,capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, carbonic acid, cinnamic acid,citric acid, cyclamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonicacid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, formic acid,fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid,gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, glutaric acid,2-oxo-glutaric acid, glycerophosphoric acid, glycolic acid, hippuricacid, isobutyric acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid,maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonicacid, mucic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid,naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid,oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid,propionic acid, pyroglutamic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid,4-aminosalicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid,tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, trifluoroaceticacid, undecylenic acid, and the like.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those saltswhich retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the freeacids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These saltsare prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base tothe free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are notlimited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium,magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like.Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium,and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but arenot limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines,substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines,cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as ammonia,isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine,tripropylamine, diethanolamine, ethanolamine, deanol,2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine,lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline,betaine, benethamine, benzathine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine,methylglucamine, theobromine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, purines,piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and thelike. Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine,diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, cholineand caffeine.

Often crystallizations produce a solvate of the compound of thedisclosure. As used herein, the term “solvate” refers to an aggregatethat comprises one or more molecules of a compound of the disclosurewith one or more molecules of solvent. The solvent may be water, inwhich case the solvate may be a hydrate. Alternatively, the solvent maybe an organic solvent. Thus, the compounds of the present disclosure mayexist as a hydrate, including a monohydrate, dihydrate, hemihydrate,sesquihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate and the like, as well as thecorresponding solvated forms. The compound of the disclosure may be truesolvates, while in other cases, the compound of the disclosure maymerely retain adventitious water or be a mixture of water plus someadventitious solvent.

A “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation of a compound ofthe disclosure and a medium generally accepted in the art for thedelivery of the biologically active compound to mammals, e.g., humans.Such a medium includes all pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,diluents or excipients therefor.

Non-limiting examples of disorders to be treated herein include benignand malignant tumors; leukemia and lymphoid malignancies, in particularbreast, ovarian, stomach, endometrial, salivary gland, lung, kidney,colon, thyroid, pancreatic, prostate or bladder cancer; neuronal, glial,astrocytal, hypothalamic and other glandular, macrophagal, epithelial,stromal and blastocoelic disorders.

“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” refers to thatamount of a compound of the disclosure which, when administered to amammal, preferably a human, is sufficient to effect treatment, asdefined below, of cancer or tumor cells in the mammal, preferably ahuman. The amount of a compound of the disclosure which constitutes a“therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound,the condition and its severity, the manner of administration, and theage of the mammal to be treated, but can be determined routinely by oneof ordinary skill in the art having regard to his own knowledge and tothis disclosure.

“Treating” or “treatment” as used herein covers the treatment of thedisease or condition of interest in a mammal, preferably a human, havingthe disease or condition of interest, and includes:

-   -   (i) preventing the disease or condition from occurring in a        mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the        condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it;    -   (ii) inhibiting the disease or condition, i.e., arresting its        development;    -   (iii) relieving the disease or condition, i.e., causing        regression of the disease or condition; or    -   (iv) relieving the symptoms resulting from the disease or        condition, i.e., relieving pain without addressing the        underlying disease or condition.

The therapeutically effective amount of the drug may reduce the numberof cancer cells; reduce the tumor size; inhibit (i.e., slow to someextent and preferably stop) cancer cell infiltration into peripheralorgans; inhibit (i.e., slow to some extent and preferably stop) tumormetastasis; inhibit, to some extent, tumor growth; and/or relieve tosome extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the cancer. Tothe extent the drug may prevent growth and/or kill existing cancercells, it may be cytostatic and/or cytotoxic. Compounds of the presentinvention are preferably cytotoxic. For cancer therapy, efficacy can,for example, be measured by assessing the time to disease progression(TTP) and/or determining the response rate (RR).

An “effective amount” of drug when referred to in respect of the killingof cancer cells, refers to an amount of drug sufficient to produce thekilling effect.

Solid tumors contemplated for treatment using the presently disclosedcompounds include but are not limited to: sarcoma, fibrosarcoma,myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma,angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma,lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor,leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer,kidney cancer, pancreatic cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, ovariancancer, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, stomach cancer (e.g.,gastrointestinal cancer), oral cancer, nasal cancer, throat cancer,squamous cell carcinoma (e.g., of the lung), basal cell carcinoma,adenocarcinoma (e.g., of the lung), sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceousgland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas,cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renalcell carcinoma, hepatoma bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma,embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, cervical cancer, uterine cancer,testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, lungcancer, non-small cell lung cancer, epithelial carcinoma, glioma,glioblastoma, multiforme astrocytoma, medulloblastoma,craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acousticneuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, skin cancer, melanoma,neuroblastoma, and retinoblastoma. Blood-borne cancers contemplated fortreatment using the presently disclosed compounds include but are notlimited to: acute lymphoblastic leukemia “ALL”, acute lymphoblasticB-cell leukemia, acute lymphoblastic T-cell leukemia, acute myeloblasticleukemia “AML”, acute promyelocytic leukemia “APL”, acute monoblasticleukemia, acute erythroleukemic leukemia, acute megakaryoblasticleukemia, acute myelomonocytic leukemia, acute nonlymphocyctic leukemia,acute undifferentiated leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia “CML”,chronic lymphocytic leukemia “CLL”, hairy cell leukemia, and multiplemyeloma. Acute and chronic leukemias contemplated for treatment usingthe presently disclosed compounds include but are not limited to:lymphoblastic, myelogenous, lymphocytic, and myelocytic leukemias.Lymphomas contemplated for treatment using the presently disclosedcompounds include but are not limited to: Hodgkin's disease,non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, multiple myeloma, Waldenstrom'smacroglobulinemia, heavy chain disease, and polycythemia vera. Othercancers contemplated for treatment using the presently disclosedcompounds include but are not limited to: peritoneal cancer,hepatocellular cancer, hepatoma, salivary cancer, vulval cancer,thyroid, penile cancer, anal cancer, head and neck cancer, renal cellcarcinoma, acute anaplastic large cell carcinoma, and cutaneousanaplastic large cell carcinoma.

Cancers, including, but not limited to, a tumor, metastasis, or otherdisease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled or undesired cellgrowth, can be treated or prevented by administration of the presentlydisclosed compounds.

In other embodiments, methods for treating or preventing cancer areprovided, including administering to a patient in need thereof aneffective amount of a compound disclosed herein in combination with a anadditional method of treatment. In one embodiment, the additional methodof treatment includes treatment with a chemotherapeutic agent. In oneembodiment the chemotherapeutic agent is that with which treatment ofthe cancer has not been found to be refractory. In another embodiment,the chemotherapeutic agent is that with which the treatment of cancerhas been found to be refractory. The compound of the invention may beadministered before, after, or at the same time as the chemotherapeuticagent.

In one embodiment, the additional method of treatment is radiationtherapy. The compound of the invention may be administered before,after, or at the same time as the radiation.

Compounds of the invention may also be administered to a patient thathas undergone or will undergo surgery as treatment for the cancer.

In a specific embodiment, the compound of the invention is administeredconcurrently with the chemotherapeutic agent or with radiation therapy.In another specific embodiment, the chemotherapeutic agent or radiationtherapy is administered prior or subsequent to administration ofcompound of the invention, in one aspect at least an hour, five hours,12 hours, a day, a week, a month, in further aspects several months(e.g., up to three months), prior or subsequent to administration of acompound of the invention.

A chemotherapeutic agent can be administered over a series of sessions.Any one or a combination of the chemotherapeutic agents listed herein orotherwise known in the art can be administered. With respect toradiation, any radiation therapy protocol can be used depending upon thetype of cancer to be treated. For example, but not by way of limitation,x-ray radiation can be administered; in particular, high-energymegavoltage (radiation of greater that 1 MeV energy) can be used fordeep tumors, and electron beam and orthovoltage x-ray radiation can beused for skin cancers. Gamma-ray emitting radioisotopes, such asradioactive isotopes of radium, cobalt and other elements, can also beadministered.

Additionally, methods of treatment of cancer with a compound of theinvention are provided as an alternative to chemotherapy or radiationtherapy where the chemotherapy or the radiation therapy has proven orcan prove too toxic, e.g., results in unacceptable or unbearable sideeffects, for the subject being treated. Additionally, methods oftreatment of cancer with a compound of the invention are provided as analternative to surgery where the surgery has proven or can proveunacceptable or unbearable for the subject being treated.

The compound of the invention can also be used in an in vitro or ex vivofashion, such as for the treatment of certain cancers, including, butnot limited to leukemias and lymphomas, such treatment involvingautologous stem cell transplants. This can involve a multi-step processin which the animal's autologous hematopoietic stem cells are harvestedand purged of all cancer cells, the animal's remaining bone-marrow cellpopulation is then eradicated via the administration of a an effectivedose of a compound of the invention with or without accompanying highdose radiation therapy, and the stem cell graft is infused back into theanimal. In certain embodiments, the effective dose is a high dose.Supportive care is then provided while bone marrow function is restoredand the animal recovers.

Methods for treating cancer further include administering to a patientin need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the invention andanother therapeutic agent that is an anti-cancer agent. Suitableanticancer agents include, but are not limited to, methotrexate, taxol,L-asparaginase, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, hydroxyurea, cytarabine,cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, nitrosoureas, cisplatin, carboplatin,mitomycin, dacarbazine, procarbizine, topotecan, nitrogen mustards,cytoxan, etoposide, 5-fluorouracil, BCNU, irinotecan, camptothecins,bleomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin, actinomycin D,dactinomycin, plicamycin, mitoxantrone, asparaginase, vinblastine,vincristine, vindesine, vinorelbine, paclitaxel, and docetaxel.

Other examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents suchas thiotepa and CYTOXAN® cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such asbusulfan, treosulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such asbenzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines andmethylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine,trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide andtrimethylolomelamine; TLK 286 (TELCYTA™); acetogenins (especiallybullatacin and bullatacinone); delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (dronabinol,MARINOL®); beta-lapachone; lapachol; colchicines; betulinic acid; acamptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan (HYCAMTIN®),CPT-11 (irinotecan, CAMPTOSAR®), acetylcamptothecin, scopolectin, and9-aminocamptothecin); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including itsadozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues);podophyllotoxin; podophyllinic acid; teniposide; cryptophycins(particularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin;duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CB1-TM1);eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogenmustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide,estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxidehydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine,trofosfamide, and uracil mustard; triazines such as decarbazine;nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine,nimustine, and ranimnustine; epipodophyllins, such as etoposide,teniposide, topotecan, 9-aminocamptothecin, camptothecin orcrisnatol;bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; antibiotics such as the enediyneantibiotics (e.g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gammalI andcalicheamicin omegall (see, e.g., Agnew, Chem. Intl. Ed. Engl.,33:183-186 (1994)) and anthracyclines such as annamycin, AD 32,alcarubicin, daunorubicin, dexrazoxane, DX-52-1, epirubicin, GPX-100,idarubicin, KRN5500, menogaril, dynemicin, including dynemicin A, anesperamicin, neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoproteinenediyne antibiotic chromophores, aclacinomysins, actinomycin,authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins (e.g., A2 and B2), cactinomycin,carabicin, caminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin,detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN® doxorubicin(including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin,2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin, liposomal doxorubicin, and deoxydoxorubicin),esorubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolicacid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin,quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin,ubenimex, zinostatin, and zorubicin; photodynamic therapies, such asvertoporfin (BPD-MA), phthalocyanine, photosensitizer Pc4, anddemethoxy-hypocrellin A (2BA-2-DM1HA); folic acid analogues such asdenopterin, pteropterin, and trimetrexate; dpurine analogs such asfludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, and thioguanine; pyrimidineanalogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur,cytarabine, cytosine arabinoside, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine,enocitabine, and floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone,dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, and testolactone;anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, and trilostane; folicacid replenisher such as folinic acid (leucovorin); aceglatone;anti-folate anti-neoplastic agents such as ALIMTA®, LY231514 pemetrexed,dihydrofolate reductase inhibitors such as methotrexate andtrimetrexate; anti-metabolites such as 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) and itsprodrugs such as UFT, S-1 and capecitabine, floxuridine, doxifluridineand ratitrexed; and thymidylate synthase inhibitors and glycinamideribonucleotide formyltransferase inhibitors such as raltitrexed(TOMUDEX®, TDX); inhibitors of dihydropyrimidine dehydrogenase such aseniluracil; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; amsacrine;bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine;diaziquone; elformithine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid;gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids suchas maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol;nitraerine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone;2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK® polysaccharide complex (JHS NaturalProducts, Eugene, Oreg.); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran; spirogermanium;tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2′,2″-trichlorotriethylamine;trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A andanguidine); urethan; vindesine (ELDISINE®, FILDESIN®); dacarbazine;mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine;arabinoside (“Ara-C”); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxoids and taxanes,e.g., TAXOL® paclitaxel (Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton,N.J.), ABRAXANE™ Cremophor-free, albumin-engineered nanoparticleformulation of paclitaxel (American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg,Ill.), and TAXOTERE® doxetaxel (Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France);chloranbucil; gemcitabine (GEMZAR®); 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine;platinum; platinum analogs or platinum-based analogs such as cisplatin,oxaliplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine (VELBAN®); etoposide (VP-16);ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine (ONCOVIN®); vinca alkaloid;vinorelbine (NAVELBINE®); velcade; revlimid; thalidomide; IMiD3;lovastatin; verapamil; thapsigargin; 1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium; cellcycle inhibitors such as staurosporine; novantrone; edatrexate;daunomycin; mtoxantrone; aminopterin; xeloda; ibandronate; topoisomeraseinhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylornithine (DMFO); vitamin D3 analogs,such as EB 1089, CB 1093 and KH 1060; retinoids such as retinoic acid;pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of theabove; as well as combinations of two or more of the above such as CHOP,an abbreviation for a combined therapy of cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin,vincristine, and prednisolone, and FOLFOX, an abbreviation for atreatment regimen with oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN™) combined with 5-FU andleucovorin.

Anti-hormonal agents that act to regulate or inhibit hormone action ontumors such as anti-estrogens and selective estrogen receptor modulators(SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen (including NOLVADEX®tamoxifen), raloxifene, megastrol, droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen,trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018, onapristone, and FARESTON® toremifene;aromatase inhibitors that inhibit the enzyme aromatase, which regulatesestrogen production in the adrenal glands, such as, for example,4(5)-imidazoles, aminoglutethimide, MEGASE® megestrol acetate, AROMASIN®exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR® vorozole, FEMARA®letrozole, and ARIMIDEX® anastrozole; and anti-androgens such asflutamide, bicalutamide, nilutamide, bicalutamide, leuprolide, andgoserelin; as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosineanalog); antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those that inhibitexpression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in abherant cellproliferation, such as, for example, PKC-alpha, Raf, H-Ras, andepidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); vaccines such as gene therapyvaccines, for example, ALLOVECTIN® vaccine, LEUVECTIN® vaccine, andVAXID® vaccine; PROLEUKIN® rIL-2; LURTOTECAN® topoisomerase 1 inhibitor;ABARELIX® rmRH; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids orderivatives of any of the above.

The compounds of the disclosure, or their pharmaceutically acceptablesalts may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give riseto enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms that maybe defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)- or, as(D)- or (L)- for amino acids. The present disclosure is meant to includeall such possible isomers, as well as their racemic and optically pureforms. Optically active (+) and (−), (R)- and (S)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, orresolved using conventional techniques, for example, chromatography andfractional crystallization. Conventional techniques for thepreparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include chiral synthesisfrom a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate(or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiralhigh pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). When the compounds describedherein contain olefinic double bonds or other centres of geometricasymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that thecompounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, alltautomeric forms are also intended to be included.

A “stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bondedby the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures,which are not interchangeable. The present disclosure contemplatesvarious stereoisomers and mixtures thereof and includes “enantiomers”,which refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposeablemirror images of one another.

A “tautomer” refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule toanother atom of the same molecule. The present disclosure includestautomers of any said compounds.

Targeting Moiety (T)

The Targeting moiety (T) of the subject compositions includes within itsscope any unit of a (T) that binds or reactively associates or complexeswith a receptor, antigen or other receptive moiety associated with agiven target-cell population. A targeting moiety (T) is a molecule thatbinds to, complexes with, or reacts with a moiety of a cell populationsought to be targeted. Examples of targeting moieties include compoundscapable of binding to naturally occurring molecules present on thesurface of cells of interest, as well as fragments thereof and peptidesderived therefrom. Such targeting moieties may or may not havebiological activity alone (e.g., cytokines, which have biologicalactivity). Examples of targeting moieties include antibodies, ligandsfor cell surface receptors, ligands derived from non-human cellsincluding bacterial and pathogen derived ligands. A wide range ofappropriate targeting moieties is known in the art. For example, seeWO2013117705.

In one aspect, the targeting moiety (T) acts to deliver the payloadcompound (P), which may be a drug (D), to the particular target cellpopulation with which the targeting moiety (T) reacts. Such targetingmoieties include, but are not limited to, large molecular weightproteins such as, for example, full-length antibodies, antibodyfragments, smaller molecular weight proteins, polypeptide or peptides,lectins, glycoproteins, cytokines, non-peptides, vitamins,nutrient-transport molecules (such as, but not limited to, transferrin),or any other cell binding molecule or substance, fragment thereof orpeptide derived therefrom or peptide based upon the same.

A targeting moiety (T) can form a bond to a linker (L) via a heteroatomof the targeting moiety (T). Heteroatoms that may be present on atargeting moiety (T) include sulfur (in one embodiment, from asulfhydryl group of (T)), oxygen (in one embodiment, from a hydroxylgroup of (T)) and nitrogen (in one embodiment, from a primary orsecondary amino group of (T)). These heteroatoms can be present on thetargeting moiety (T) in its natural state, for example anaturally-occurring antibody, or can be introduced into the targetingmoiety (T), e.g., via chemical modification or recombinant means.

In one embodiment, targeting moiety (T) has a sulfhydryl group bonded tolinker (L) via the sulfhydryl group's sulfur atom. In anotherembodiment, targeting moiety (T) has one or more lysine residues thatcan be chemically modified to introduce one or more sulfhydryl groups.The targeting moiety (T) bonds to linker (L) via the sulfhydryl group.Reagents that can be used to modify lysines include, but are not limitedto, N-succinimidyl S-acetylthioacetate (SATA) and 2-Iminothiolanehydrochloride (Traut's Reagent). In a preferred embodiment, a pluralityof (L) are added to a (T).

In another embodiment, the (L) can have one or more carbohydrate groupsthat can be chemically modified to have one or more sulfhydryl groups.The targeting moiety (T) bonds to the linker (L) via the sulfhydrylgroup's sulfur atom. In yet another embodiment, (T) can have one or morecarbohydrate groups that can be oxidized to provide an aldehyde (—CHO)group (see, e.g., Laguzza et al., 1989, J. Med. Chem. 32(3):548-55). Thecorresponding aldehyde can form a bond with a reactive site on a portionof a linker (L). Reactive sites that can react with a carbonyl group ona targeting moiety (T) include, but are not limited to, hydrazine andhydroxylamine. Other protocols for the modification of proteins for theattachment or association of linker (L) are described in Coligan et al.,Current Protocols in Protein Science, vol. 2, John Wiley & Sons (2002),incorporated herein by reference.

The targeting moiety (T) can include, for example a protein,polypeptide, or peptide include, but are not limited to, transferrin,epidermal growth factors (“EGF”), bombesin, gastrin, gastrin-releasingpeptide, platelet-derived growth factor, IL-2, IL-6, transforming growthfactor (“TGF”), such as TGF-α or TGF-β, vaccinia growth factor (“VGF”),insulin and insulin-like growth factors I and II, lectins and apoproteinfrom low density lipoprotein.

The targeting moiety (T) can also include an antibody, such aspolyclonal antibodies or monoclonal antibodies. The antibody can bedirected to a particular antigenic determinant, including for example, acancer cell antigen, a viral antigen, a microbial antigen, a protein, apeptide, a carbohydrate, a chemical, nucleic acid, or fragments thereof.Methods of producing polyclonal antibodies are known in the art. Amonoclonal antibody (mAb) to an antigen-of-interest can be prepared byusing any technique known in the art. These include, but are not limitedto, the hybridoma technique originally described by Kohler and Milstein(1975, Nature 256, 495-497), the human B cell hybridoma technique(Kozbor et al., 1983, Immunology Today 4:72), and the EBV-hybridomatechnique (Cole et al., 1985, Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy,Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96). The Selected Lymphocyte Antibody Method(SLAM) (Babcook, J. S., et al., A novel strategy for generatingmonoclonal antibodies from single, isolated lymphocytes producingantibodies of defined specificities. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 1996. 93(15): p. 7843-8) and (McLean G R, Olsen O A, Watt I N, Rathanaswami P,Leslie K B, Babcook J S, Schrader J W. Recognition of humancytomegalovirus by human primary immunoglobulins identifies an innatefoundation to an adaptive immune response; J Immunol. 2005 Apr. 15;174(8):4768-78). Such antibodies may be of any immunoglobulin classincluding IgG, IgM, IgE, IgA, and IgD and any subclass thereof. Thehybridoma producing the mAbs of use in this invention may be cultivatedin vitro or in vivo.

The monoclonal antibody can be, for example, a human monoclonalantibody, a humanized monoclonal antibody, an antibody fragment, or achimeric antibody (e.g., a human-mouse antibody). Human monoclonalantibodies may be made by any of numerous techniques known in the art(e.g., Teng et al., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:7308-7312;Kozbor et al., 1983, Immunology Today 4:72-79; and Olsson et al., 1982,Meth. Enzymol. 92:3-16; also see, Huse et al., 1989, Science246:1275-1281 and McLean et al. J Immunol. 2005 Apr. 15;174(8):4768-78).

The antibody can also be a bispecific antibody. Methods for makingbispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditional production offull-length bispecific antibodies is based on the coexpression of twoimmunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two chains havedifferent specificities (see, e.g., Milstein et al., 1983, Nature305:537-539; International Publication No. WO 93/08829, Traunecker etal., 1991, EMBO J. 10:3655-3659).

According to a different approach, antibody variable domains with thedesired binding specificities (antibody-antigen combining sites) arefused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. The fusion preferablyis with an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant domain, comprising atleast part of the hinge, C_(H2), and C_(H3) regions. It is preferred tohave the first heavy-chain constant region (C_(H1)) containing the sitenecessary for light chain binding, present in at least one of thefusions. Nucleic acids with sequences encoding the immunoglobulin heavychain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, areinserted into separate expression vectors, and are co-transfected into asuitable host organism. This provides for flexibility in adjusting themutual proportions of the three polypeptide fragments in embodimentswhen unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used in theconstruction provide the optimum yields. It is, however, possible toinsert the coding sequences for two or all three polypeptide chains inone expression vector when the expression of at least two polypeptidechains in equal ratios results in high yields or when the ratios are ofno particular significance.

For example, the bispecific antibodies can have a hybrid immunoglobulinheavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybridimmunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second bindingspecificity) in the other arm. This asymmetric structure facilitates theseparation of the desired bispecific compound from unwantedimmunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulinlight chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for afacile way of separation (International Publication No. WO 94/04690)which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

For further details for generating bispecific antibodies see, forexample, Suresh et al., 1986, Methods in Enzymology 121:210; Rodrigueset al., 1993, J. Immunology 151:6954-6961; Carter et al., 1992,Bio/Technology 10:163-167; Carter et al., 1995, J. Hematotherapy4:463-470; Merchant et al., 1998, Nature Biotechnology 16:677-681. Usingsuch techniques, bispecific antibodies can be prepared for use in thetreatment or prevention of disease as defined herein.

Bifunctional antibodies are also described in European PatentPublication No. EPA 0 105 360. As disclosed in this reference, hybrid orbifunctional antibodies can be derived either biologically, i.e., bycell fusion techniques, or chemically, especially with cross-linkingagents or disulfide-bridge forming reagents, and may comprise wholeantibodies or fragments thereof. Methods for obtaining such hybridantibodies are disclosed for example, in International Publication WO83/03679, and European Patent Publication No. EPA 0 217 577, both ofwhich are incorporated herein by reference.

The antibody also can be a functionally active fragment, derivative oranalog of an antibody that immunospecifically binds to a target antigen(e.g., a cancer antigen, a viral antigen, a microbial antigen, or otherantibodies bound to cells or matrix). In this regard, “functionallyactive” means that the fragment, derivative or analog is able torecognize the same antigen that is recognized by the antibody from whichthe fragment, derivative or analog is derived. Specifically, in anexemplary embodiment the antigenicity of the idiotype of theimmunoglobulin molecule can be enhanced by deletion of framework and CDRsequences that are C-terminal to the CDR sequence that specificallyrecognizes the antigen. To determine which CDR sequences bind theantigen, synthetic peptides containing the CDR sequences can be used inbinding assays with the antigen by any binding assay method known in theart (e.g., the BIA core assay) (see, e.g., Kabat et al., 1991, Sequencesof Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, National Instituteof Health, Bethesda, Md.; Kabat et al., 1980, J. Immunology125(3):961-969).

Other useful antibodies include fragments of antibodies such as, but notlimited to, F(ab′)₂ fragments, Fab fragments, Fab′, Fv fragments andheavy chain and light chain dimers of antibodies, or any minimalfragment thereof such as Fvs or single chain antibodies (SCAs) (e.g., asdescribed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778; Bird, 1988, Science 242:423-42;Huston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; and Wardet al., 1989, Nature 334:544-54).

Recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized monoclonalantibodies, comprising both human and non-human portions, which can bemade using standard recombinant DNA techniques, also can be used. (See,e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,816,567; and 4,816,397.) Humanized antibodies areantibody molecules from non-human species having one or morecomplementarity determining regions (CDRs) from the non-human speciesand a framework region from a human immunoglobulin molecule. (See, e.g.,U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089.) Chimeric and humanized monoclonal antibodiescan be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art, forexample using methods described in International Publication No. WO87/02671; European Patent Publication No. 0 184 187; European PatentPublication No. 0 171 496; European Patent Publication No. 0 173 494;International Publication No. WO 86/01533; U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567;European Patent Publication No. 012 023; Berter et al., 1988, Science240:1041-1043; Liu et al., 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA84:3439-3443; Liu et al., 1987, J. Immunol. 139:3521-3526; Sun et al.,1987, Proc. Natd. Acad. Sci. USA 84:214-218; Nishimura et al., 1987,Cancer. Res. 47:999-1005; Wood et al., 1985, Nature 314:446-449; Shaw etal., 1988, J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 80:1553-1559; Morrison, 1985, Science229:1202-1207; Oi et al., 1986, BioTechniques 4:214; U.S. Pat. No.5,225,539; Jones et al., 1986, Nature 321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al.,1988, Science 239:1534; and Beidler et al., 1988, J. Immunol.141:4053-4060.

Completely human antibodies can be used. Human antibodies can beprepared, for example, using transgenic mice that are incapable ofexpressing endogenous immunoglobulin heavy and light chains genes, butwhich can express human heavy and light chain genes. The transgenic miceare immunized in the normal fashion with a selected antigen, e.g., allor a portion of a polypeptide of the invention. Monoclonal antibodiesdirected against the antigen can be obtained using conventionalhybridoma technology. The human immunoglobulin transgenes harbored bythe transgenic mice rearrange during B cell differentiation, andsubsequently undergo class switching and somatic mutation. Thus, usingsuch a technique, it is possible to produce therapeutically useful IgG,IgA, IgM and IgE antibodies. For an overview of this technology forproducing human antibodies, see Lonberg and Huszar (1995, Int. Rev.Immunol. 13:65-93). For a detailed discussion of this technology forproducing human antibodies and human monoclonal antibodies and protocolsfor producing such antibodies. see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,625,126;5,633,425; 5,569,825; 5,661,016; and 5,545,806.

Human antibodies that recognize a selected epitope also can be generatedusing a technique referred to as “guided selection.” In this approach aselected non-human monoclonal antibody, e.g., a mouse antibody, is usedto guide the selection of a completely human antibody recognizing thesame epitope. (See, e.g., Jespers et al., 1994, Biotechnology12:899-903.) Human antibodies can also be produced using varioustechniques known in the art, including phage display libraries (see,e.g., Hoogenboom and Winter, 1991, J. Mol. Biol. 227:381; Marks et al.,1991, J. Mol. Biol. 222:581; Quan and Carter, 2002, “The rise ofmonoclonal antibodies as therapeutics,” in Anti-IgE and AllergicDisease, Jardieu, P. M. and Fick Jr., R. B, eds., Marcel Dekker, NewYork, N.Y., Chapter 20, pp. 427-469).

In other embodiments, the antibody is a fusion protein of an antibody,or a functionally active fragment thereof. For example, an antibody canbe fused via a covalent bond (e.g., a peptide bond) at either theN-terminus or the C-terminus to an amino acid sequence of anotherprotein (or portion thereof, such as at least a 10, 20 or 50 amino acidportion of the protein) that is not the antibody.

Antibodies also include analogs and derivatives that are eithermodified, i.e., by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule aslong as such covalent attachment permits the antibody to retain itsantigen binding immunospecificity. For example, but not by way oflimitation, the derivatives and analogs of the antibodies include thosethat have been further modified, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation,pegylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by knownprotecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to a cellularantibody unit or other protein, etc. Any of numerous chemicalmodifications can be carried out by known techniques, including but notlimited to specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formylation,metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin, etc. Additionally,the analog or derivative can contain one or more unnatural amino acids.

The antibodies can have modifications (e.g., substitutions, deletions oradditions) in amino acid residues that interact with Fc receptors. Inparticular, antibodies include antibodies having modifications in aminoacid residues identified as involved in the interaction between theanti-Fc domain and the FcRn receptor (see, e.g., InternationalPublication No. WO 97/34631, which is incorporated herein by referencein its entirety). Antibodies immunospecific for a target antigen can beobtained commercially or other source or produced by any method known toone of skill in the art such as, e.g., chemical synthesis or recombinantexpression techniques. The nucleotide sequence encoding antibodiesimmunospecific for a cancer cell antigen can be obtained, e.g., from theGenBank database or a database like it, the literature publications, orby routine cloning and sequencing.

Examples of antibodies available for the treatment of cancer include,but are not limited to, humanized anti HER2 monoclonal antibody,HERCEPTIN® (trastuzumab; Genentech); RITUXAN® (rituximab; Genentech)which is a chimeric anti CD20 monoclonal antibody for the treatment ofpatients with non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; OvaRex (AltaRex Corporation, MA)which is a murine antibody for the treatment of ovarian cancer; Panorex(Glaxo Wellcome, NC) which is a murine IgG2a antibody for the treatmentof colorectal cancer; Cetuximab Erbitux (Imclone Systems Inc., NY) whichis an anti-EGFR IgG chimeric antibody for the treatment of epidermalgrowth factor positive cancers, such as head and neck cancer; Vitaxin(MedImmune, Inc., MD) which is a humanized antibody for the treatment ofsarcoma; Campath I/H (Leukosite, MA) which is a humanized IgG1 antibodyfor the treatment of chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); Smart M195(Protein Design Labs, Inc., CA) which is a humanized anti-CD33 IgGantibody for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML); LymphoCide(Immunomedics, Inc., NJ) which is a humanized anti-CD22 IgG antibody forthe treatment of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; Smart ID10 (Protein DesignLabs, Inc., CA) which is a humanized anti-HLA-DR antibody for thetreatment of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; Oncolym (Techniclone, Inc., CA)which is a radiolabeled murine anti-HLA-Dr10 antibody for the treatmentof non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; Allomune (BioTransplant, CA) which is ahumanized anti-CD2 mAb for the treatment of Hodgkin's Disease ornon-Hodgkin's lymphoma; Avastin (Genentech, Inc., CA) which is ananti-VEGF humanized antibody for the treatment of lung and colorectalcancers; Epratuzamab (Immunomedics, Inc., NJ and Amgen, CA) which is ananti-CD22 antibody for the treatment of non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; andCEAcide (Immunomedics, NJ) which is a humanized anti-CEA antibody forthe treatment of colorectal cancer.

Other antibodies useful in the treatment of cancer include, but are notlimited to, antibodies against the following antigens (exemplary cancersare indicated in parentheses): CA125 (ovarian), CA15-3 (carcinomas),CA19-9 (carcinomas), L6 (carcinomas), Lewis Y (carcinomas), Lewis X(carcinomas), alpha fetoprotein (carcinomas), CA 242 (colorectal),placental alkaline phosphatase (carcinomas), prostate specific membraneantigen (prostate), prostatic acid phosphatase (prostate), epidermalgrowth factor (carcinomas), MAGE-1 (carcinomas), MAGE-2 (carcinomas),MAGE-3 (carcinomas), MAGE-4 (carcinomas), anti transferrin receptor(carcinomas), p97 (melanoma), MUC1-KLH (breast cancer), CEA(colorectal), gp100 (melanoma), MART1 (melanoma), prostate specificantigen (PSA) (prostate), IL-2 receptor (T-cell leukemia and lymphomas),CD20 (non Hodgkin's lymphoma), CD52 (leukemia), CD33 (leukemia), CD22(lymphoma), human chorionic gonadotropin (carcinoma), CD38 (multiplemyeloma), CD40 (lymphoma), mucin (carcinomas), P21 (carcinomas), MPG(melanoma), and Neu oncogene product (carcinomas). Some specific, usefulantibodies include, but are not limited to, BR96 mAb (Trail et al.,1993, Science 261:212-215), BR64 (Trail et al., 1997, Cancer Research57:100-105), mAbs against the CD40 antigen, such as S2C6 mAb (Franciscoet al., 2000, Cancer Res. 60:3225-3231) and chimeric and humanizedvariants thereof, mabs against the cD33 antigen; mabs against the EphA2antigen; mAbs against the CD70 antigen, such as 1F6 mAb and 2F2 mAb andchimeric and humanized variants thereof, and mAbs against the CD30antigen, such as AC10 (Bowen et al., 1993, J. Immunol. 151:5896-5906;Wahl et al., 2002, Cancer Res. 62(13):3736-42) and chimeric andhumanized variants thereof. Many other internalizing antibodies thatbind to tumor associated antigens can be used and have been reviewed(see, e.g., Franke et al., 2000, Cancer Biother. Radiopharm. 15:459 76;Murray, 2000, Semin. Oncol. 27:64 70; Breitling et al., RecombinantAntibodies, John Wiley, and Sons, New York, 1998).

The antibody also can be an antibody that binds to an antigen that ispresent on a target cell or target cell population. For example,transmembrane polypeptides and other markers can be specificallyexpressed on the surface of one or more particular type(s) of targetcells (e.g., a cancer cell) as compared to on one or more normal (e.g.,a non-cancerous cell(s)). Often, such markers are more abundantlyexpressed on the surface of the target cells, or exhibit greaterimmunogenicity, as compared to those on the surface of the normal cells.The identification of such cell surface antigen polypeptides has givenrise to the ability to specifically target cells for destruction viaantibody-based therapies. Thus, in some embodiments, the antibodiesinclude, but are not limited to, antibodies against tumor-associatedantigens (TAA). Such tumor-associated antigens are known in the art, andcan prepared for use in generating antibodies using methods andinformation which are well known in the art.

See also EP2552957, WO/2012/116453, WO/2012/032080. See also Zybody™,http://www.zyngenia.com/technology.html. See also human heavy chain-onlyantibodies technology, http://www.crescendobiologics.com/. See alsoWO2010001251, yeast based human antibody yeast-based platformhttp://www.adimab.com/science-and-technology/technology-overview/,mAbLogix™ platform http://www.dna.com/technology, monoclonal discoveryplatform http://www.igenica.com/technology/, WO2009/157771, EP2560993,WO2013004842, WO2012166560.

Linker Moiety (L)

The subject compositions further include a linker moiety (L). As withthe payload (P), the linker moiety (L) is characterized from theperspective of an assembled conjugate of the invention. Accordingly, thelinker (L) as characterized herein does not necessarily but maycorrespond to a particular reactant used in the synthesis of aconjugate. The components of the linker (L) may be contributed by anumber of reactants.

In one embodiment, the linker moiety (L) is a bifunctional compoundwhich can be used to link payload (P) and targeting moiety (T) to form aconjugate compound, (T)-(L)-(P). Such conjugates allow the selectivedelivery of drugs to target cells (e.g., tumor cells). In certainembodiments, linker moieties include a divalent substituent such as analkyldiyl, an aryldiyl, a heteroaryldiyl, moieties such as:—(CR₂)_(n)O(CR₂)_(n)—, repeating units of alkyloxy (e.g.,polyethylenoxy, PEG, polymethyleneoxy) and alkylamino (e.g.,polyethyleneamino, Jeffamine™); and diacid ester and amides includingsuccinate, succinamide, diglycolate, malonate, and caproamide. Thecompounds described herein can be prepared using a linker moiety havinga reactive site for binding to the payload and the targeting moiety.

In some embodiments, (L) has a reactive site which has an electrophilicgroup that is reactive to a nucleophilic group present on (T). Usefulnucleophilic groups on (T) include but are not limited to sulfhydryl,hydroxyl and amino groups. The heteroatom of the nucleophilic group of(T) is reactive to an electrophilic group on (L) and forms a covalentbond to (L). Useful electrophilic groups include, but are not limited tomaleimide and haloacetamide groups. The nucleophilic group on (T)provide a convenient site for attachment to (L).

In some embodiments, (L) has a reactive site which has a nucleophilicgroup that is reactive to an electrophilic group present on thetargeting moiety. Useful electrophilic groups on the targeting moietyinclude, but are not limited to, aldehyde and ketone carbonyl groups.The heteroatom of a nucleophilic group of (L) can react with anelectrophilic group on the targeting moiety and form a covalent bond tothe targeting moiety. Useful nucleophilic groups on (L) include, but arenot limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone,hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide. The electrophilic group on thetargeting moiety provides a convenient site for attachment to (L).

Carboxylic acid functional groups and chloroformate functional groupsare also useful reactive sites for (L) because they can react, forexample, with an amino group of P¹ to form an amide linkage. Also usefulas a reactive site is a carbonate functional group on (L), such as butnot limited to p-nitrophenyl carbonate, which can react, for example,with an amino group of P¹ to form a carbamate linkage.

It will be appreciated that any linker moieties taught in the prior art,and particularly those taught for use in the context of drug delivery,may be used in the current invention. Without limiting the scope of thepreceding statement, in one embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in WO 2012/113847. In another embodiment, (L) comprises alinker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,288,352. In anotherembodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.5,028,697. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,006,652. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,094,849. Inanother embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat.No. 5,053,394. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,122,368. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,387,578. Inanother embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat.No. 5,547,667. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,622,929. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,708,146. Inanother embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat.No. 6,468,522. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,103,236. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,638,509. Inanother embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat.No. 6,214,345. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,759,509. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2007/103288. In anotherembodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2008/083312.In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO2003/068144. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in WO 2004/016801. In another embodiment, (L) comprises alinker moiety disclosed in WO 2009/134976. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2009/134952. In anotherembodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2009/134977.In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO2002/08180. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in WO 2004/043493. In another embodiment, (L) comprises alinker moiety disclosed in WO 2007/018431. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2003/026577. In anotherembodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2005/077090.In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO2005/082023. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in WO 2007/011968. In another embodiment, (L) comprises alinker moiety disclosed in WO 2007/038658. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2007/059404. In anotherembodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO 2006/110476.In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in WO2005/112919. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in WO 2008/103693. In another embodiment, (L) comprises alinker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,756,037. In anotherembodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.7,087,229. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,122,189. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,164. Inanother embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat.No. 5,556,623. In another embodiment, (L) comprises a linker moietydisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,643,573. In another embodiment, (L)comprises a linker moiety disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,665,358. Linkers(L) comprising a self-immolative component may also be used. Forexample, see U.S. Pat. No. 6,214,345. An example of a self-immolativecomponent is p-aminobenzylcarbamoyl (PABC). Commercially availablelinkers may be used in the invention. For example, the commerciallyavailable cleavable linker sulfosuccinimidyl6-[3′(2-pyridyldithio)-propionamido] hexanoate (sulfo-LC-SPDP: ThermoPierce Cat #21650) and Non-cleavable linker succinimidyl4-[N-maleimidomethyl]cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC: Thermo Pierce Cat#22360) may be used, as demonstrated herein. See also, WO2012171020,WO2010138719, the range of commercially available linkers, for example,from Concortis http://www.concortis.com/home. See also Kim et al.,Bioconjugate Chemistry, 21 (8): 1513-1519 August 2010. See alsoEP2326349. See also copper-free click chemistry linkers, Angew. Chem.Int. Ed., 2010, 49, p. 9422-9425, ChemBioChem, 2011, 12, p. 1309-1312,http://www.synaffix.com/technology/.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises: SPDP, SMCC, vcPABC, MCvcPABC, MTvc,ADvc, maleimide, NHS, biotin, streptavidin, NeutrAvidin, a glycoside, ora combination thereof.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises SPDP.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises SMCC.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises vcPABC.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises MCvcPABC.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises MTvc.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises ADvc.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises maleimide.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises NHS.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises biotin.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises streptavidin.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises NeutrAvidin.

In some embodiments, (L) comprises a glycoside.

In some embodiments, (L) is absent.

In one embodiment, the linker (L) is a bifunctional unit that linkspayload (P) to targeting moiety (T) to form a conjugate composition,[(P)-(L)]_(m)-(T), that may be cleaved enzymatically at the junctionpeptide bond (JPB) between (P) and (L) to release (P). Such conjugatesallow the selective delivery of payload (P) to target cells (e.g., tumorcells). In another embodiment, the linker (L) is a bifunctional unitthat links payload (P) to targeting moiety (T) to form a conjugatecomposition, [(P)-(L)]_(m)-(T), that may be cleaved enzymaticallybetween (P) and (L) to release (P).

Certain linkers (L) are capable of binding to multiple payloads (P) anda targeting moiety (T). Thus, in certain embodiments, the linker (L) isa multifunctional unit that links more than one payload (P) to a singletargeting moiety (T) to form a conjugate [(P)-(L)]_(m) (T). In addition,it is possible that payloads (P) may be multimerized and bound to alinker (L). Accordingly, it is understood that in certain embodiments,[(P)-(L)] comprises a greater number of (P) than (L). In certainembodiments, there is the same number of payload (P) and linker (L) in[(P)-(L)]. In one embodiment of Formula I, the invention providescompositions having the structure of Formula (Ia):

[(P)_(o)-(L)]_(m)-(T)   (Ia)

wherein o is an integer from 1 to 1000. In one embodiment, o is aninteger from 1 to 100. In another embodiment, o is an integer from 1 to50. In another embodiment, o is an integer from 1 to 20. In anotherembodiment, o is an integer from 1 to 10.

In certain embodiments, the linker (L) and the targeting moiety (T)taken together have the following structure (III):

wherein the carbonyl of (AA)¹ forms a peptide bond referred to herein asthe junction peptide bond (JPB) with the —NH— group bonded to (R) instructure (II), wherein the JPB is enzymatically cleavable, wherein eachAA is independently an amino acid, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 25,wherein (L′) is the remaining portion (if any) of linker (L), wherein(T) is the targeting moiety, and wherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) comprises anamino acid sequence capable of facilitating enyzmatic cleavage of theJPB.

The amino acid unit (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) comprises a recognition sequence thatprovides for cleavage of the junction peptide bond (JPB) to releasepayload (P) from the targeting moiety (T). Any sequence capable ofproviding for such enzymatic cleavage may be used. Such sequencesinclude, but are not limited to, applicable sequences described in U.S.Pat. No. 6,214,345. For example, amino acid sequences known in the artto direct cleavage of a peptide bond linking a PABC self-immolative unitdirectly to the amino acid sequence may be used in the presentinvention. Additional amino acid sequences useful in the presentinvention can be readily determined experimentally by the artisan ofreasonable skill. In certain embodiments of the invention, an amino acidunit, (AA)¹-(AA)_(x), allows for cleavage of the (JPB) by a protease,thereby facilitating release of payload (P) from the conjugate uponexposure to such proteases. In certain embodiments of the invention,these include intracellular proteases, such as lysosomal enzymes. In yetfurther embodiments of the invention, these include extracellularproteases.

Exemplary amino acid units (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) include, but are not limitedto, a dipeptide, a tripeptide, a tetrapeptide, and/or a pentapeptide.Exemplary dipeptides include: Val-Cit, Ala-Phe, Phe-Lys, Val-Ala,Val-Lys(Ac), Phe-Lys(Ac), or Me-Val-Cit. It is noted that while thenaming convention for peptides and proteins is to list amino acidsequence from N-terminus to C-terminus, the configuration of the JPB issuch that (AA)¹ is the C-terminus amino acid in the (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) aminoacid sequence. Accordingly, in an embodiment where the amino acidsequence facilitating enzymatic cleavage of the JPB wasvaline-citrulline, (AA)¹ in formula (III) would be citrulline and thecarbonyl group of citrulline would form JPB with the —NH— group bondedto (R) in structure (II). In some embodiments, additional amino acidsare linked to valine-citrulline through the N-terminus of valine and,accordingly, “x” for (AA), is an integer greater than one.

Exemplary tripeptides include: Gly-Val-Cit, Pro-Pro-Pro, D-Ala-Phe-Lys,(D)-Val-Leu-Lys, Gly-Gly-Arg, and Ala-Ala-Asn. For illustration andclarity, when the tripeptide is (gly-val-cit), (AA)¹ of formula (III) iscitrulline. An amino acid unit may comprise amino acid residues thatoccur naturally, as well as minor amino acids and non-naturallyoccurring amino acid analogs, such as citrulline. D-amino acids areincluded for use in the invention. Amino acid units can be designed andoptimized in their selectivity for enzymatic cleavage by a particularenzyme, for example, a tumor-associated protease, cathepsin B, C and D,or a plasmin protease.

Exemplary tetrapeptides include: Lys-Ser-Gly-Arg, Gly-Phe-Leu-Gly,Leu-Ser-Gly-Arg, Ala-Leu-Ala-Leu, Gly-Gly-Gly-Arg-Arg,Gly-Lys-Ala-Phe-Arg-Arg, and HomoGly-Arg-Ser-Arg-Gly Exemplary aminoacid sequences for use in linkers of the invention include the aminoacid sequences within Phe-Lys, Val-Lys, Ala-Lys, Val-Cit, Phe-Cit,Leu-Cit, Ile-Cit, Trp-Cit, Phe-Arg. These sequences have been used forrelease of doxorubicin. See, for example, Table 1, Dubowchik, Firestoneet al. Bioconjugate Chem. 2002, 13, 855-869 and references containedtherein. Another exemplary amino acid sequence for use in linkers of thepresent invention is Pro-Pro (see, for example, Gianolio et al. CancerChemother Pharmacol 2012 70, 439-449). See also Firestone et al., U.S.Pat. No. 6,214,345 for amino acid sequences useful in the presentinvention. See also Miao et al., WO 2013/173392 for amino acid sequencesuseful in the present invention, including but not limited to amino acidsequences comprising non-natural amino acids. See also Dubowchik et al.,Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 8:3341-3346, 1998. See also Burke etal., Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 19:2650-2653, 2009. See alsoJeffrey et al., Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 16:358-362, 2006. Theartisan of reasonable skill will appreciate that additional amino acidsmay be included in the linker (L) to the N-terminus side of the aminoacid sequence that is factilitating enzymatic cleavage of the JPB.

In one example, the JPB is cleavable by a protease that is associatedwith a disease. In another example, the JPB is cleavable by a proteasethat is up-regulated or associated with cancers in general. In stillanother example, the JPB is cleavable by a protease secreted bycancer-associated cells. In another example, the JPB is cleavable by anenzyme that is up-regulated or associated with a specific cancer.

In certain embodiments of the invention, the remaining portion of linker(L′) includes a stretcher moiety (S) between the amino acid unit,(AA)¹-(AA)_(x). and the Targeting moiety (T) as shown in the followingstructures (VII) or (VIII):

wherein the carbonyl of (AA)¹ forms a peptide bond referred to herein asthe junction peptide bond (JPB) with the —NH— group bonded to (R) instructure (II), wherein the JPB is enzymatically cleavable, wherein eachAA is independently an amino acid, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 25,wherein L″ is the remaining portion (if any) of linker (L′), wherein (S)is the stretcher unit, wherein (T) is the targeting moiety, and wherein(AA)¹-(AA)_(x) comprises an amino acid sequence capable of facilitatingenyzmatic cleavage of the JPB.

In particular embodiments of the invention, this stretcher is asdescribed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,964,566 and 6,214,345.

Payload Moiety (P)

As with the linker moiety (L), the payload (P) is characterized from theperspective of an assembled conjugate of the invention. Accordingly, thepayload (P) as characterized herein does not necessarily but maycorrespond to a particular reactant used in the synthesis of aconjugate. The components of the payload (P) may be contributed by anumber of reactants.

A wide variety of compounds may be used to assemble desirable payload(P) components of a conjugate of the invention. Any compound that isfunctional as an amide (as in formula (IV) or as a compound containingan N-acyl sulfonamide-(R)—NH₂ group (as in formula (V)) could bedelivered to a target cell or tissue using the present conjugatetechnology. Any precursor compounds that can be used (directly, orfollowing appropriate modification) to produce amides of formula (IV) orN-acyl sulfonamide-(R)—NH₂ compounds of formula (V) find use in theinvention. Particularly preferred are amide containing drugs, carboxylicacid containing drugs that have active amide derivatives, carboxylicacid containing drugs, and drugs having the formula (V). The route ofsynthesis and the particular reactants used to produce conjugates offormula (I) are not limiting. Included within the scope of biologicallyactive compounds as payload (P) are precursors that may be activated invivo.

In one embodiment, conjugates of formula (I) can be used to deliverbiologically active compounds of formula (IV) or (V). Suitable payloadcompounds (P) that may be advantageously delivered by way ofcompositions of the invention to targeted locations include, e.g.,antibiotics, diagnostic agents (e.g. detectable labels),anti-inflammatory agents, anti-viral agents, cytotoxic agents, andanti-cancer drugs. Other suitable payload (P) include diagnostic agentsknown in the art, including those employing one or more of a widevariety of detectable labels. The detectable label can be a reportersuch as a radioactive isotope such as ¹²⁵I, enzymes, fluorescentreagents or groups such as fluorescein, tetramethylrhodamine, cyaninedyes, Alexa dyes or BODIPY dyes, chemiluminescent reagents or groups, orelectrochemical materials. The detectable label may also be a member ofa specific binding pair as is known in the art. Other suitabledetectable labels will be readily apparent to one of skill in the art.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (IV) or (V) show cytotoxic orcytotstatic activity. The present invention provides compositions andmethods for delivering biologically active compounds of formula (IV) or(V) to cells of interest.

In one embodiment, (P) is a drug compound (D). In one embodiment, (D) isa compound having the following structure (XVIII):

or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein:

R₁ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR₂₄—, —CSR₂₄—,—OR₂₄—, and —NHR₂₄—, wherein each R₂₄ is, independently, optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₂ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₃ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆alkyl;

R₄ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl; and

R₅ is selected from the group consisting of C₁₋₆ alkyl and —SH.

In one embodiment, R₁ is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionally substitutedheteroaryl.

In a further embodiment, each optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl is, independently, optionally substituted with═O, ═S, —OH, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R₂₈,—CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈, —NO₂, —SO₃H,—SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently, alkyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, each optionally substituted aryl andoptionally substituted heteroaryl is, independently, selected from thegroup consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionallysubstituted naphthyl, optionally substituted anthracyl, optionallysubstituted phenanthryl, optionally substituted furyl, optionallysubstituted pyrrolyl, optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionallysubstituted benzofuryl, optionally substituted benzothiophenyl,optionally substituted quinolinyl, optionally substituted isoquinolinyl,optionally substituted imidazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl,optionally substituted oxazolyl, and optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another further embodiment, R₂ is selected from one of the followingstructures (A), (B), (C), (D):

(D) wherein:

each Q is independently CR₂₉ or N;

each Z is independently C(R₂₉)₂, NR₂₉, S, or 0;

each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of H,—OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₂ is selected from the group consistingof:

wherein each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consistingof H, —OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₂ is selected from the group consistingof:

In another further embodiment, R₂ is:

In one embodiment, R₂ is selected from the group consisting of:

In another further embodiment, R₃, R₄ and R₅ are each methyl.

In another further embodiment, R₃ is H, R₄ is methyl, and R₅ is methyl.

It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure(XVIII), as set forth above, and any specific substituent set forthherein for a R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, R₂₈, or R₂₉ group in the compounds ofstructure (XVIII), as set forth herein, may be independently combinedwith other embodiments and/or substituents of compounds of structure(XVIII) to form embodiments of the present disclosure not specificallyset forth above. In addition, in the event that a list of substituentsis listed for any particular R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, R₅, R₂₈, or R₂₉ in aparticular embodiment and/or claim, it is understood that eachindividual substituent may be deleted from the particular embodimentand/or claim and that the remaining list of substituents will beconsidered to be within the scope of the present disclosure.

In another embodiment, (D) is a compound having the following structure(XVI):

or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein:

R₆ and R₇ are independently selected from the group consisting of: H anda saturated or unsaturated moiety having a linear, branched, ornon-aromatic cyclic skeleton containing one to ten carbon atoms, and thecarbon atoms are optionally substituted with: —OH, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F,—CN, —CO₂H, —CHO, —COSH, or —NO₂; or R₇ and R₁₀ are fused and form aring;

R₈ and R₉ are independently selected from the group consisting of: H,R′, ArR′—, or R₈ and R₉ are joined to form a ring;

R₁₀ is selected from the group consisting of: H, R′, ArR′—, and Ar;

or R₁₀ and R₇ are fused and form a ring;

R₁₁ is selected from the group consisting of: H, R′, and ArR′—;

R₁₂ and R₁₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of: H,R′, and ArR′—; and

R₄₀ is:

wherein:

R₁₅ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR₂₄—, —CSR₂₄—,—OR₂₄—, and —NHR₂₄—, wherein each R₂₄ is, independently, optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R′ is defined as a saturated or unsaturated moiety having a linear,branched, or non-aromatic cyclic skeleton containing one to ten carbonatoms, zero to four nitrogen atoms, zero to four oxygen atoms, and zeroto four sulfur atoms, and the carbon atoms are optionally substitutedwith: ═O, ═S, OH, —OR₁₆, —O₂CR₁₆, —SH, —SR₁₆, —SOCR₁₆, —NH₂, —NHR₁₆,—N(R₁₆)₂, —NHCOR₁₆, —NR₁₆COR₁₆, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R₁₆,—CHO, —COR₁₆, —CONH₂, —CONHR₁₆, —CON(R₁₆)₂, —COSH, —COSR₁₆, —NO₂, —SO₃H,—SOR₁₆, —SO₂R₁₆, wherein R₁₆ is a linear, branched or cyclic, one to tencarbon saturated or unsaturated alkyl group;

the ring formed by joining R₈ and R₉ is a three to seven membernon-aromatic cyclic skeleton within the definition of R′,

Y is defined as a moiety selected from the group consisting of: alinear, saturated or unsaturated, one to six carbon alkyl group,optionally substituted with R′, ArR′—, or X; and

X is defined as a moiety selected from the group consisting of: —OH,—OR′, ═O, ═S, —O₂CR′, —SH, —SR′, —SOCR′, —NH₂, —NHR′, —N(R′)₂, —NHCOR′,—NRCOR′, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R′, —CHO, —COR′, —CONH₂,—CONHR′, —CON(R′)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈, —NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR′, and —SO₂R′.

In one embodiment, R₁₅ is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionally substitutedheteroaryl.

In one embodiment, Ar is an aromatic ring selected from the groupconsisting of: phenyl, naphthyl, anthracyl, pyrrolyl.

In a further embodiment, each optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl is, independently, optionally substituted with═O, ═S, —OH, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R₂₈,—CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈, —NO₂, —SO₃H,—SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈ wherein each R₂₈ is, independently, alkyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, each optionally substituted aryl andoptionally substituted heteroaryl is, independently, selected from thegroup consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionallysubstituted naphthyl, optionally substituted anthracyl, optionallysubstituted phenanthryl, optionally substituted furyl, optionallysubstituted pyrrolyl, optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionallysubstituted benzofuryl, optionally substituted benzothiophenyl,optionally substituted quinolinyl, optionally substituted isoquinolinyl,optionally substituted imidazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl,optionally substituted oxazolyl, and optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is selected from one of the followingstructures (A), (B), (C), (D):

wherein:

each Q is independently CR₂₉ or N;

each Z is independently C(R₂₉)₂, NR₂₉, S, or 0;

each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of H,—OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is selected from the group consistingof:

wherein each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consistingof H, —OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is selected from the group consistingof:

In another further embodiment, R₁₀ is:

In another further embodiment, R₆ and R₇ are each methyl.

In another further embodiment, R₆ is H and R₇ is methyl.

In one embodiment, R₁₂ is C4 branched alkyl.

It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure(XVI), as set forth herein, and any specific substituent set forthherein for a R₆, R₇, R₈, R₉, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₈, orR₂₉ group in the compounds of structure (XVI), as set forth herein, maybe independently combined with other embodiments and/or substituents ofcompounds of structure (XVI) to form embodiments of the presentdisclosure not specifically set forth above.

In addition, in the event that a list of substituents is listed for anyparticular R₆, R₇, R₈, R₉, R₁₀, R₁₁, R₁₂, R₁₃, R₁₄, R₁₅, R₁₆, R₂₈, orR₂₉ in a particular embodiment and/or claim, it is understood that eachindividual substituent may be deleted from the particular embodimentand/or claim and that the remaining list of substituents will beconsidered to be within the scope of the present disclosure.

In some embodiments, (P) is a monovalent radical of a compound ofFormula (XXV):

wherein:

R⁵¹ is selected from: aryl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, and heteroaryl, each ofwhich is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selectedfrom: C₁-C₄ acylthio, C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkylamino,C₁-C₄ alkoxy, amino, amino-C₁-C₄ alkyl, halo, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, hydroxyl,hydroxy-C₁-C₄ alkyl, and thio, wherein C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₁-C₄ alkylaminoand C₁-C₄ alkoxy are further optionally substituted with one substituentselected from C₁-C₄ alkylaryl, hydroxyl, and thio;

R⁵² and R⁵³ are each independently selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R⁵⁴ is selected from the group consisting of C₁-C₆ alkyl and thio; and

R⁵⁵ is selected from: C₁-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substitutedwith one or more substituents selected from: C₁-C₆ alkoxy, C₁-C₆alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkylamino, amino, amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl,amino-aryl, amino-C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, aryl, carboxamide, carboxyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, cyano, C₁-C₆ haloalkyl, C₁-C₆ haloalkoxy, halo, hydroxyl,nitro, thio, and thio-C₁-C₆ alkyl; and

In some embodiments, R⁵¹ is selected from: is selected from: H, aryl,C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, and heteroaryl, each of which is optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents selected from: C₁-C₄ acylthio,C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkylamino, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, amino,amino-C₁-C₄ alkyl, halo, C₁-C₄ haloalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxy-C₁-C₄ alkyl,and thio, wherein C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₁-C₄ alkylamino and C₁-C₄ alkoxy arefurther optionally substituted with one substituent selected fromp-tolyl, hydroxyl, and thio.

In some embodiments, R⁵¹ is selected from: H, aryl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl,and heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from: (2-hydroxyethyl)amino,(2-mercaptoethyl)amino, 2-(acetylthio)ethoxy, 2-aminoethoxy,2-hydroxyethoxy, 2-mercaptoethoxy, 3-methoxy, 4-methylstyryl, amino,aminomethyl, chloro, fluoro, hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl, methyl, thio,trifluoromethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵¹ is selected from: H, cyclohexyl, 1H-indol-3-yl,phenyl, and thien-2-yl each of which is optionally substituted with oneor more substituents selected from: (2-hydroxyethyl)amino,(2-mercaptoethyl)amino, 2-(acetylthio)ethoxy, 2-aminoethoxy,2-hydroxyethoxy, 2-mercaptoethoxy, 3-methoxy, 4-methylstyryl, amino,aminomethyl, chloro, fluoro, hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl, methyl, thio, andtrifluoromethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵ is selected from: H, 1H-indol-3-yl,1-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl, 2-methoxyphenyl,3-((2-hydroxyethyl)amino)phenyl, 3-((2-mercaptoethyl)amino)phenyl,3-(2-(acetylthio)ethoxy)phenyl, 3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl,3-(2-mercaptoethoxy)phenyl, 3-(4-methylstyryl)phenyl,3-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl,3,5-difluorophenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl,3-mercaptophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl,4-((2-hydroxyethyl)amino)phenyl, 4-((2-mercaptoethyl)amino)phenyl,4-(2-(acetylthio)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-aminoethoxy)phenyl,4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-mercaptoethoxy)phenyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-mercaptophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, cyclohexyl,thien-2-yl, m-tolyl, and phenyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵¹ is selected from: H, 1H-indol-3-yl,1-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl, 2-methoxyphenyl,3-((2-hydroxyethyl)amino)phenyl, 3-((2-mercaptoethyl)amino)phenyl,3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 3-(2-mercaptoethoxy)phenyl,3,5-difluorophenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 3-chlorophenyl,3-mercaptophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyl,4-((2-hydroxyethyl)amino)phenyl, 4-((2-mercaptoethyl)amino)phenyl,4-4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-mercaptoethoxy)phenyl,4-mercaptophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, cyclohexyl, thien-2-yl, m-tolyl, andphenyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵¹ is phenyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵² is H.

In some embodiments, R⁵² is methyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is methyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁴ is methyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is selected from: C₁-C₆ alkyl, aryl, aryl-C₁-C₆alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents selected from:1-aminocyclopropyl, 4-aminophenyl, amino, aminomethyl, bromo,tert-butyl, carboxamide, carboxyl, chloro, cyano, cyclopentyl, ethyl,fluoro, hydroxy, isopropyl, methoxy, methyl, nitro, phenyl,pyridin-3-yl, thio, thiomethyl, trifluoromethoxy, and trifluoromethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is selected from:5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl, benzyl, cyclohexyl, ethyl,hexan-2-yl, methyl, naphthalen-2-yl, piperidin-1-yl, phenyl, propyl,pyridin-3-yl, and thien-2-yl, each optionally substituted with one ormore substituents selected from: 1-aminocyclopropyl, 4-aminophenyl,amino, aminomethyl, bromo, tert-butyl, carboxamide, carboxyl, chloro,cyano, cyclopentyl, ethyl, fluoro, hydroxy, isopropyl, methoxy, methyl,nitro, phenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thio, thiomethyl, trifluoromethoxy, andtrifluoromethyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl,4-(aminomethyl)benzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, benzyl,3-mercaptopropyl, 2-mercaptoethyl, 4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl, p-tolyl,methyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,2,4,6-triisopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,3-cyanophenyl, 2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl,4-aminocarbonyl-2-nitrophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-aminophenyl, phenyl,2-fluorobenzyl, piperidin-1-yl, o-tolyl, 4-bromophenyl, naphthalen-2-yl,4-methoxycarbonyphenyl, 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, hexan-2-yl,2-methoxyethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexyl, pyridin-3-ylmethyl,4-carboxyphenyl, 3-aminophenyl, pyridin-3-yl, thien-2-yl,4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-methylbenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl,4-chlorobenzyl, phenethyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-cyanobenzyl, 3-nitrobenzyl,4-tert-butylbenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrophenethyl,2-chloro-3-methoxycarbonylphenyl, 2-aminophenyl, [1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-fluorobenzyl,3-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl, 3-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl,3,4-dichlorobenzyl, 2-cyanobenzyl, 3-chlorobenzyl,4-amino-2-ethylphenyl, 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl,and 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is selected from: aryl and aryl-C₁-C₆ alkyl,each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from:amino and amino-C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl,4-(aminomethyl)benzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, and benzyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is 4-aminobenzyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is 4-aminophenyl.

In some embodiments, R⁵⁵ is benzyl.

In some embodiments P is a monovalent radical of a compound disclosed inInternational Application No. PCT/US14/29463 or U.S. Ser. No.14/213,504.

In another embodiment, (D) has the following structure (XVII);

or a stereoisomer, prodrug or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;wherein:

R₁₇ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, —COR₂₄—, —CSR₂₄—,—OR₂₄—, and —NHR₂₄—, wherein each R₂₄ is, independently, optionallysubstituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionallysubstituted heterocyclyl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₈ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R₁₉ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R₂₀ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl;

R₂₁ and R₂₇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H,C₁₋₆ alkyl and —SH, with the proviso that R₂₁ and R₂₇ cannot both be H;

R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₄ and R₂₅ are independently H and C₁₋₆ alkyl, at least oneof R₂₂ and R₂₃ is H; or R₂₃ and R₂₄ form a double bond, R₂₂ is H, andR₂₅ is H or C1.6 alkyl; and

R₂₆ is selected from the group consisting of H and C₁₋₆ alkyl.

In one embodiment, R₁₇ is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino,optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heterocyclyl, and optionally substitutedheteroaryl.

In a further embodiment, each optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted alkylamino, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl is, independently, optionally substituted with═O, ═S, —OH, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H, —CO₂R₂₈,—CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈, —NO₂, —SO₃H,—SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈ wherein each R₂₈ is, independently, alkyl optionallysubstituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, each optionally substituted aryl andoptionally substituted heteroaryl is, independently, selected from thegroup consisting of optionally substituted phenyl, optionallysubstituted naphthyl, optionally substituted anthracyl, optionallysubstituted phenanthryl, optionally substituted furyl, optionallysubstituted pyrrolyl, optionally substituted thiophenyl, optionallysubstituted benzofuryl, optionally substituted benzothiophenyl,optionally substituted quinolinyl, optionally substituted isoquinolinyl,optionally substituted imidazolyl, optionally substituted thiazolyl,optionally substituted oxazolyl, and optionally substituted pyridinyl.

In another further embodiment, R₁₈ is selected from one of the followingstructures (A), (B), (C), (D):

wherein:

each Q is independently CR₂₉ or N;

each Z is independently C(R₂₉)₂, NR₂₉, S, or O;

each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consisting of H,—OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁₈ is selected from the group consistingof:

wherein each R₂₉ is, independently, selected from the group consistingof H, —OH, —R₂₈, —OR₂₈, —O₂CR₂₈, —SH, —SR₂₈, —SOCR₂₈, —NH₂, —N₃, —NHR₂₈,—N(R₂₈)₂, —NHCOR₂₈, —NR₂₈COR₂₈, —R₂₈NH₂, —I, —Br, —Cl, —F, —CN, —CO₂H,—CO₂R₂₈, —CHO, —COR₂₈, —CONH₂, —CONHR₂₈, —CON(R₂₈)₂, —COSH, —COSR₂₈,—NO₂, —SO₃H, —SOR₂₈ or —SO₂R₂₈, wherein each R₂₈ is, independently,alkyl optionally substituted with halogen, —OH or —SH.

In another further embodiment, R₁ is selected from the group consistingof:

In another further embodiment, R₁₈ is:

In another further embodiment, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₁, and R₂₇ are each methyl.

In another further embodiment, R₁₉ is H, R₂₀ is methyl, R₂₁ is methyl,and R₂₇ is methyl.

It is understood that any embodiment of the compounds of structure(XVII), as set forth herein, and any specific substituent set forthherein for a R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉, R₂₀, R₂₁, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₄, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₂₇, R₂₈,or R₂₉ group in the compounds of structure (XVII), as set forth above,may be independently combined with other embodiments and/or substituentsof compounds of structure (XVII) to form embodiments of the presentdisclosure not specifically set forth above. In addition, in the eventthat a list of substituents is listed for any particular R₁₇, R₁₈, R₁₉,R₂₀, R₂₁, R₂₂, R₂₃, R₂₄, R₂₅, R₂₆, R₂₇, R₂₈, or R₂₉ in a particularembodiment and/or claim, it is understood that each individualsubstituent may be deleted from the particular embodiment and/or claimand that the remaining list of substituents will be considered to bewithin the scope of the present disclosure.

In some embodiments, (P) is a cytotoxic compound.

In some embodiments, (P) is a microtubule disrupting peptide toxin.

In some embodiments, (P) is hemiasterlin or an analog thereof.

In some embodiments, (P) is tubulysin or an analog thereof.

In some embodiments, (P) is auristatin or an analog thereof.

In some embodiments, (P) is a cytotoxic compound, for example, acompound disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,579,323; WO 2004/026293; U.S. Pat.No. 8,129,407; US 2014/0227295; WO 2013/068874; US 2013/0095123; US2013/0190243; WO 2014/126198; EP 2740493; WO 2014086942; WO 2013072813;WO 2012166559; WO 2012166560; WO 2012123423; WO 2011154359; WO2006063707; WO 2003008378; WO 2002000263; US 2013/224,228; WO2013/085925; WO 2014/009774; U.S. Pat. No. 8,476,451; U.S. 2011/0027274;or related applications or patents, or Lundquist et al., OrganicLetters, (3), pp. 781-783, 2001; Domling et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.2006, 45, 7235-7239; Kaur et al., Biochem J., (2006), 396:235-242;Steinmetz et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2004, 43, 4888-4892; Khalil etal., ChemBioChem 2006, 7, 678-683; Peltier et al., J. AM. CHEM. SOC.2006, 128, 16018-16019. In some embodiments, the cytotoxic compound is apolyketide from Lithoplocamia lithistoides. Examples of polyketides fromLithoplocamia lithistoides include those disclosed in Martin et al., J.Am. Chem. Soc. 2013, 135, 10164-10171. In some embodiments, thepolyketide from Lithoplocamia lithistoides is selected from: PM050489and PM060184.

In certain embodiments of the invention, conjugates of formula (I) areprepared by the conjugation of (T) with a (P)-(L) precursor having thefollowing structure (XIII):

(P)-(L)-(FG)   (XIII),

wherein FG is a functional group that forms a covalent bond with one ormore atoms of targeting moiety (T). In further embodiments of theinvention FG forms a bond with a heteroatom of (T).

In particular embodiments of the invention, the FG group comprises amaleimide. As will be appreciated by the artisan of reasonable skill,additional moieties and bonding technologies may be used, including butnot limited to transglutaminase sequences, 2-bromoacetamide chemistry,glycosylation chemistries, and others. See for example the linkagechemistry disclosed in WO2013173391, WO2013173392, WO2013173393, andU.S. Pat. No. 7,964,566.

For the purposes of administration, the compounds of the presentdisclosure may be administered as a raw chemical or may be formulated aspharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions of the presentdisclosure comprise a compound of structure (I) and a pharmaceuticallyacceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compound of structure (I)is present in the composition in an amount which is effective to treat aparticular disease or condition of interest—that is, in an amountsufficient to treat cancer or tumor cell growth, and preferably withacceptable toxicity to the patient. The activity of compounds ofstructure (1) can be determined by one skilled in the art, for example,as described in the Examples below. Appropriate concentrations anddosages can be readily determined by one skilled in the art.

Administration of the compounds of the disclosure, or theirpharmaceutically acceptable salts, in pure form or in an appropriatepharmaceutical composition, can be carried out via any of the acceptedmodes of administration of agents for serving similar utilities. Thepharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure can be prepared bycombining a compound of the disclosure with an appropriatepharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient, and may beformulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseousforms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments,solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants, gels, microspheres, andaerosols. Typical routes of administering such pharmaceuticalcompositions include, without limitation, oral, topical, transdermal,inhalation, parenteral, sublingual, buccal, rectal, vaginal, andintranasal. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneousinjections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection orinfusion techniques. Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure areformulated so as to allow the active ingredients contained therein to bebioavailable upon administration of the composition to a patient.Compositions that will be administered to a subject or patient take theform of one or more dosage units, where for example, a tablet may be asingle dosage unit, and a container of a compound of the disclosure inaerosol form may hold a plurality of dosage units. Actual methods ofpreparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to thoseskilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science andPractice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition (Philadelphia College of Pharmacy andScience, 2000). The composition to be administered will, in any event,contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of thedisclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treatmentof a disease or condition of interest in accordance with the teachingsof this disclosure.

A pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure may be in the form of asolid or liquid. In one aspect, the carrier(s) are particulate, so thatthe compositions are, for example, in tablet or powder form. Thecarrier(s) may be liquid, with the compositions being, for example, anoral syrup, injectable liquid or an aerosol, which is useful in, forexample, inhalatory administration.

When intended for oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions ofthe present disclosure typically are either solid or liquid form, wheresemi-solid, semi-liquid, suspension and gel forms are included withinthe forms considered herein as either solid or liquid.

As a solid composition for oral administration, the pharmaceuticalcompositions may be formulated into a powder, granule, compressedtablet, pill, capsule, chewing gum, wafer or the like form. Such a solidcomposition will typically contain one or more inert diluents or ediblecarriers. In addition, one or more of the following may be present:binders such as carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose,microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excipients suchas starch, lactose or dextrins, disintegrating agents such as alginicacid, sodium alginate, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricantssuch as magnesium stearate or Sterotex; glidants such as colloidalsilicon dioxide; sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin; aflavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate or orangeflavoring; and a coloring agent.

When the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a capsule, forexample, a gelatin capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials ofthe above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or oil.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be in the form of aliquid, for example, an elixir, syrup, solution, emulsion or suspension.The liquid may be for oral administration or for delivery by injection,as two examples. When intended for oral administration, pharmaceuticalcompositions of the disclosure typically contain, in addition to thepresent compounds, one or more of a sweetening agent, preservatives,dye/colorant and flavor enhancer. In a composition intended to beadministered by injection, one or more of a surfactant, preservative,wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, buffer, stabilizerand isotonic agent may be included.

Liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure, whether they besolutions, suspensions or other like form, may include one or more ofthe following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection,saline solution, preferably physiological saline, Ringer's solution,isotonic sodium chloride, fixed oils such as synthetic mono ordiglycerides which may serve as the solvent or suspending medium,polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other solvents;antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl paraben;antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agentssuch as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates,citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such assodium chloride or dextrose. Parenteral preparations can be enclosed inampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass orplastic.

Physiological saline is a preferred adjuvant. An injectablepharmaceutical composition is preferably sterile.

A liquid pharmaceutical composition of the disclosure intended foreither parenteral or oral administration should contain an amount of acompound of the disclosure such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be intended fortopical administration, in which case the carrier may suitably comprisea solution, emulsion, ointment or gel base. The base, for example, maycomprise one or more of the following: petrolatum, lanolin, polyethyleneglycols, bee wax, mineral oil, diluents such as water and alcohol, andemulsifiers and stabilizers. Thickening agents may be present in apharmaceutical composition for topical administration. If intended fortransdermal administration, the composition may include a transdermalpatch or iontophoresis device.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be intended for rectaladministration, in the form, for example, of a suppository, which willmelt in the rectum and release the drug. Compositions for rectaladministration may contain an oleaginous base as a suitablenonirritating excipient. Such bases include, without limitation,lanolin, cocoa butter and polyethylene glycol.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may include variousmaterials, which modify the physical form of a solid or liquid dosageunit. For example, the composition may include materials that form acoating shell around the active ingredients. The materials that form thecoating shell are typically inert, and may be selected from, forexample, sugar, shellac, and other enteric coating agents.Alternatively, the active ingredients may be encased in a gelatincapsule.

Pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be prepared in dosageunits that can be administered as an aerosol. The term aerosol is usedto denote a variety of systems ranging from those of colloidal nature tosystems consisting of pressurized packages. Delivery may be by aliquefied or compressed gas or by a suitable pump system that dispensesthe active ingredients. Aerosols of compounds of the disclosure may bedelivered in single phase, bi-phasic, or tri-phasic systems in order todeliver the active ingredient(s). Delivery of the aerosol includes thenecessary container, activators, valves, subcontainers, and the like,which together may form a kit. One skilled in the art, without undueexperimentation may determine preferred aerosols.

The pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure may be prepared bymethodology well known in the pharmaceutical art. For example, apharmaceutical composition intended to be administered by injection canbe prepared by combining a compound of the disclosure with sterile,distilled water so as to form a solution. A surfactant may be added tofacilitate the formation of a homogeneous solution or suspension.Surfactants are compounds that non-covalently interact with the compoundof the disclosure so as to facilitate dissolution or homogeneoussuspension of the compound in the aqueous delivery system.

The compounds of the disclosure, or their pharmaceutically acceptablesalts, are administered in a therapeutically effective amount, whichwill vary depending upon a variety of factors including the activity ofthe specific compound employed; the metabolic stability and length ofaction of the compound; the age, body weight, general health, sex, anddiet of the patient; the mode and time of administration; the rate ofexcretion; the drug combination; the severity of the particular disorderor condition; and the subject undergoing therapy.

Compounds of the disclosure, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivativesthereof, may also be administered simultaneously with, prior to, orafter administration of one or more other therapeutic agents. Suchcombination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceuticaldosage formulation which contains a compound of the disclosure and oneor more additional active agents, as well as administration of thecompound of the disclosure and each active agent in its own separatepharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, a compound of thedisclosure and the other active agent can be administered to the patienttogether in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet orcapsule, or each agent administered in separate oral dosageformulations. Where separate dosage formulations are used, the compoundsof the disclosure and one or more additional active agents can beadministered at essentially the same time, i.e., concurrently, or atseparately staggered times, i.e., sequentially; combination therapy isunderstood to include all these regimens.

It is understood that in the present description, combinations ofsubstituents and/or variables of the depicted formulae are permissibleonly if such contributions result in stable compounds.

It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art that in thesynthetic processes described herein the functional groups ofintermediate compounds may need to be protected by suitable protectinggroups. Such functional groups include hydroxy, amino, mercapto andcarboxylic acid. As described above, suitable protecting groups forhydroxy include trialkylsilyl or diarylalkylsilyl (for example,t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl or trimethylsilyl),tetrahydropyranyl, benzyl, and the like, and suitable protecting groupsfor amino, amidino and guanidino include t-butoxycarbonyl,benzyloxycarbonyl, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for mercaptoinclude —C(O)—R″ (where R″ is alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl),p-methoxybenzyl, trityl and the like. Suitable protecting groups forcarboxylic acid include alkyl, aryl or arylalkyl esters. Protectinggroups may be added or removed in accordance with standard techniques,which are known to one skilled in the art and as described herein. Theuse of protecting groups is described in detail in Green, T. W. and P.G. M. Wutz, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1999), 3rd Ed.,Wiley. As one of skill in the art would appreciate, the protecting groupmay also be a polymer resin such as a Wang resin, Rink resin or a2-chlorotrityl-chloride resin.

It will also be appreciated by those skilled in the art, although aprotected derivative of compounds of this disclosure may not possesspharmacological activity as such, they may be administered to a mammaland thereafter metabolized in the body to form compounds of thedisclosure which are pharmacologically active. Such derivatives maytherefore be described as “prodrugs”. All prodrugs of compounds of thisdisclosure are included within the scope of the present disclosure.

Furthermore, compounds of the disclosure which exist in free base oracid form can be converted to their pharmaceutically acceptable salts bytreatment with the appropriate inorganic or organic base or acid bymethods known to one skilled in the art. Salts of the compounds of thedisclosure can be converted to their free base or acid form by standardtechniques.

The following Examples illustrate various methods of making compounds ofthis disclosure, i.e., compound of structures (1):

[(P)-(L)]_(m)-(T)   (I)

wherein (P) is a payload compound, (L) is a linker, (T) is a targetingmoiety, and m is an integer from 1 to 10. In certain embodiments, m is1.

It is understood that one skilled in the art may be able to make thesecompounds by similar methods or by combining other methods known to oneskilled in the art. It is also understood that one skilled in the artwould be able to make, in a similar manner as described below, othercompounds of structure (I) not specifically illustrated below by usingthe appropriate starting components and modifying the parameters of thesynthesis as needed. In general, starting components may be obtainedfrom sources such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster Synthesis, Inc.,Maybridge, Matrix Scientific, TCI, and Fluorochem USA, etc. orsynthesized according to sources known to those skilled in the art (see,for example, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, andStructure, 5th edition (Wiley, December 2000)) or prepared as describedherein.

The following examples are provided for purposes of illustration, notlimitation.

General Methods for the Synthesis of P-L

Scheme 1 illustrates a particular embodiment of a general scheme for thesynthesis of a P-L complex. In further embodiments of the invention, theprotecting group (PG₁) is removed from the Toxin (or drug) before aminoacid (e.g., AA₁-AA₂) addition. In certain embodiments of the invention,the Anchor includes a functional group that can form a covalent bondwith the Target. In other embodiments of the invention the Anchorcomprises a Stretcher.

Scheme 2 illustrates a particular embodiment of a general scheme for theconvergent synthesis of a P-L complex where the JPB between the payloadand AA sequence is assembled prior to installation of stretcher andanchor moieties. This synthetic approach was used to generate thefollowing compounds: Compound A, Compound B, Compound C, Compound D,Compound E, Compound F, Compound G, Compound H, Compound I, Compound J,Compound K, Compound KK, Compound N, Compound X, Compound Z, CompoundAA, Compound BB, Compound CC and Compound DD.

Scheme 3 illustrates a particular embodiment of a general scheme for theconvergent synthesis of a P-L complex where the JPB is establishedbetween the payload and a proteolytic sequence that already contains astretcher and anchor functionality. This synthetic approach was used togenerate the following compounds: Compound L, Compound M, Compound O,Compound P, Compound Q, Compound R, Compound s, Compound T, Compound U,Compound V, and Compound W.

In certain embodiments of the invention, the general scheme comprisesthe procedures as discussed below. As will be understood by thereasonably skilled artisan, these procedures are illustrative of certainembodiments of the invention and could be performed with alternativesolvents, reagents and protecting groups known to be suitable in theart.

EXAMPLES General Procedure 1: 4-Anilino Sulfonamide Synthesis

To a stirred suspension or solution of the starting aniline in CH₂Cl₂(0.1 M) was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (1.1 equiv). The reactionwas allowed to stir for ˜1 h at which point it was concentrated underreduced pressure. The residue was twice dissolved in CHCl₃ andconcentrated to give the desired trifluoroacetanilide in quantitativeyield with the expected analytical results.

The trifluoroacetanilide (˜8 mmol) was dissolved in CHCl₃ (10 mL).Chlorosulfonic acid (3 equiv) was added with stirring. The resultingsolution was heated to 70° C. for 1 h, then cooled to room temperatureat which time thionyl chloride (2 equiv) was added with stirring. Theresulting biphasic mixture was re-heated to 70° C. for 15 minutes. Thereaction mixture was then twice diluted with CHCl₃ and concentrated invacuo to remove excess acids.

The resulting phenylchlorosulphonic acid was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane(˜10 mL) and the resulting solution was added dropwise to a concentratedsolution of aqueous ammonia (10 mL) at 0° C. with vigorous stirring. Thereaction was quenched by addition of 1M citric acid and adjusted topH=3. In most cases the sulfonamide precipitated and was filtereddirectly from the aqueous phase; in instances where the product did notprecipitate, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (˜100 mL),transferred to a separatory funnel and the organic phase was washed withbrine before being dried over MgSO₄ and concentrated to give the desired4-trifluoroacetanilide substituted sulfonamides.

General Procedure 2: Trifluoroacetamide Installation

To a stirred suspension of the amine in 1,4-dioxane was addedtrifluoroacetic anhydride (1.1 equivalents). The reaction mixturetransitioned from a suspension to a solution and back to a suspensionagain. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and/or HPLC-MSfor completion. Once the starting material was fully consumed, thereaction was diluted with hexanes or diethyl ether, filtered on aBuchner funnel and the resulting solids were dried under reducedpressure to give the pure trifluoroacetamide.

General Procedure 3: DCC/DMAP Mediated N-Acyl Sulfonamide Formation

To a stirred solution of the acid in dichloromethane was added asolution of the sulfonamide (1.3 equivalents, in dichloromethane,N,N-dimethylformamide, or a mixture thereof, as necessary).Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (1.2 equivalents) was added and subsequentlyN,N-dimethylaminopyridine (1.2 equivalents). Reaction course wasmonitored by HPLC-MS (typically 16 h) and excess by-products could beprecipitated by the addition of diethyl ether. Solids were removed byfiltration and washed with 1:1 diethyl ether/dichloromethane. Thecombined organic layers were concentrated, and the residue was purifiedby silica gel chromatography to give the desired N-acyl sulfonamide.

General Procedure 4—Alternative—Acyl Benzotriazole Mediated N-AcylSulfonamide Formation

This procedure was adapted from the one described in ARKIVOC 2004 (xii),14-22.

General Procedure 5: Trifluoroacetamide Saponification

To a solution of the trifluoroacetamide-containing construct in1,4-dioxane or methanol was added lithium hydroxide (10 equivalents) andwater (10% v/v). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature oroptionally heated to 50° C. Reaction course was monitored by HPLC-MS.Upon completion, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and theaqueous layer was quenched with an aqueous solution of 5% w/v citricacid or 1 M hydrochloric acid. The resulting aqueous solution was washedsuccessively with dichloromethane or ethyl acetate and the organicphases were pooled, dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated. Thereaction product was either used “as is” or purified by silica gelchromatography as necessary.

General Procedure 6: HATU Mediated Peptide Bond Formation

To a stirred solution of the carboxylic acid in a minimal amount ofdichloromethane or N,N-dimethylformamide or mixture thereof, at 0° C.was added HATU (1.05-1.2 equivalents) and either N,N-diisopropylamine(2-4 equivalents) or 2,4,6-collidine (2-4 equivalents). Stirring wascontinued for a brief induction period (5-20 minutes) at which time thereaction was charged with a solution of the amine in dichloromethane.The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and monitored forprogress by HPLC-MS. Upon completion, volatiles were removed underreduced pressure and the residual material was purified by silica gelchromatography or reverse phase HPLC to furnish amide in adequatepurity.

General Procedure 7: EDCI/Cu(II) Mediated Peptide Bond Formation

To a stirred solution of the carboxylic acid in a minimal amount of 30%N,N-dimethylformamide in dichloromethane was added1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (0.95 equiv),1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (1.0 equiv), the amine (0.33 equiv) andanhydrous copper (II) chloride (1.0 equiv) in sequence with a briefpause between each additional reagent. Stirring was continued at roomtemperature and progress of the reaction was monitored by HPLC-MS. Uponcompletion, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and theresidual material was purified by silica gel chromatography or reversephase HPLC to furnish the desired amide in adequate purity.

General Procedure 8: Fmoc Group Removal

The Fmoc-protected compound was dissolved in 20% piperidine inN,N-dimethylformamide. The reaction course was monitored by HPLC-MS.When complete, all volatiles were removed under reduced pressure toyield a residue that was either purified by silica gel chromatography orused directly in the next step.

General Procedure 9: N-Acylation of Amines Using NHS-Activated Esters

To a solution of the amine in a minimal amount of N,N-dimethylformamidewas added the corresponding N-hydroxy succinimide containing ester (1.5equivalents). The progress of the reaction was monitored by HPLC-MS(typically ˜16 h) at which point all volatiles were removed underreduced pressure. The residue was then purified by either silica gelchromatography or reverse phase HPLC to give the desired amide product.

General Procedure 10: Boc Group Removal

To a solution of the Boc-protected compound in dichloromethane was added10% v/v trifluoroacetic acid. Reaction course was monitored by HPLC-MS.Upon reaction completion, all volatiles were removed under reducedpressure. The residual material was purified either by reverse phaseHPLC, silica gel chromatography or precipitation from a mixture of coldmethanol/dichloromethane/diethyl ether.

General Procedure 11: Ester Saponification

To a solution of the ester containing compound in 1,4-dioxane ormethanol was added lithium hydroxide (10 equivalents) and water (10%v/v). The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature or optionallyheated to 50° C. Reaction course was monitored by HPLC-MS. Uponcompletion, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, the aqueouslayer was pH adjusted if necessary and washed successively withdichloromethane or ethyl acetate. The organic phases were pooled, driedover MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The reaction product was eitherused “as is” or purified by silica gel chromatography as necessary.

Common Reactants Compound 1: Fmoc-Phe-Lys(Boc)-OH:(S)-2-((S)-2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanamido)-6-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)hexanoicacid; Fmoc-Phenylalanine-Lysine(Boc)-OH

The title compound was prepared according to Walker et al., BioorganicMed Chem Lett, 2004, 14, 4323-4327. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.28 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.71-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.41 (td,J=7.6, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.19 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.37-4.24 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.07 (m,5H), 3.02 (dd, J=13.8, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 2.95-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.71 (m,1H), 1.82-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.46-1.22 (m, 13H). m/zcalcd. for C₃₅H₄₁N₃O₇=615.29. Found [M+H]⁺=616.27, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=516.16.

Compound 2: Fmoc-Val-Lys(Boc)-OH:(S)-2-((S)-2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-6-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)hexanoicacid

The title compound was prepared based on the above procedure from M. A.Walker, et al. Bio. Org. Med. Chem. Lett. 2004, 14, 4323-4327 startingwith (S)-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-3-methylbutanoate. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.28 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H),7.69 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.41 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (td, J=7.5, 1.2 Hz,2H), 7.20 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.36 (m, 3H), 4.26 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H),3.97 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.08 (dq, J=13.3, 6.6 Hz,1H), 1.93-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.66 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.43 (m, 4H), 1.40 (s,9H), 1.01 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H). m/z calcd. forC₃₁H₄₁N₃O₇=567.3 found [M-Boc+H]⁺=468.8.

Compound 3: Boc-Val-Cit-OH:(S)-2-((S)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanoicAcid

The title compound was synthesized according to US2010/0233190 A1 withmatching spectroscopic data.

Compound 4: H-Val-Cit-OH:(S)-2-((S)-2-Amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanoic acid

The title compound was prepared from Boc-VC-OH according to GeneralProcedure 10. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.69 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H),8.21-7.97 (m, 3H), 4.24 (td, J=8.2, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, OH), 3.63 (dd,J=9.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 1H), 2.10 (h, J=6.8Hz, 1H), 1.85-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.61 (dtd, J=14.1, 9.0, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.45(dtd, J=14.7, 8.2, 7.3, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 0.97 (dd, J=6.9, 5.0 Hz, 6H).

Compound 5: Fmoc-Ala(D)-Phe-Lys(Boc)-OH:(5R,8S,11S)-8-benzyl-11-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butyl)-1-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)-5-methyl-3,6,9-trioxo-2-oxa-4,7,10-triazadodecan-12-oicacid

The title compound was prepared from Compound 1 by general procedure 8,followed by treatment with (R)-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)propanoate per generalprocedure 9. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.57 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (t, J=6.7Hz, 2H), 7.48-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.33 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.13 (m, 5H),6.77 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (td, J=10.8, 10.3, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.10(m, 4H), 4.02 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=13.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H),2.94-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.67 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 1H),1.37 (s, 4H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 0.96 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). m/z calcd. forC₃₁H₄₁N₃O₇=686.3 found [M+Na+]⁺=709.9.

Compound 6: Fmoc-Phe(D)-Phe-Lys-OH:(5R,8S,11S)-5,8-dibenzyl-11-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butyl)-1-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)-3,6,9-trioxo-2-oxa-4,7,10-triazadodecan-12-oicacid

The title compound was prepared from Compound 1 by application ofgeneral procedure 8, followed by treatment with(R)-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-3-phenylpropanoate pergeneral procedure 9. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.59 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (t,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.10(m, 12H), 6.77 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.03 (m, 5H),3.09 (dd, J=13.7, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.74 (dd, J=13.7, 10.4Hz, 1H), 2.58 (dd, J=13.8, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.48-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.68 (m,1H), 1.68-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.33 (m, 13H). m/z calcd. forC₃₁H₄₁N₃O₇=762.4 found [M+Na]⁺=785.9.

Compound 7: MC-NHS: 2,5-Dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoate

To a stirred solution of 6-aminocaproic acid (10.0 g, 76.2 mmol, 1.0 eq)in acetic acid (75 mL), maleic anhydride (7.85 g, 80.0 mmol, 1.05 eq)was added. The solids took a few minutes to dissolve, then after ca. 5min, white solids began to crash out. After an hour, the suspensionthickened to a white cake. This material was scooped onto a frittedfunnel and washed with toluene and dried in vacuo with heating to removeall traces of acetic acid.

The intermediate powder was taken up in toluene (250 mL), triethylamine(21.3 mL, 152 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added, and the mixture heated to refluxwith a Dean-Stark trap. After 5 h of reflux, the mixture was cooled andthe clear toluene layer was decanted from the rest of the sticky residuein the flask. The toluene was removed in vacuo to yield the atriethylamine salt of 6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoate.The salt was redissolved in toluene, and a small amount of acetic acidwas added, then concentrated. Next, the mixture was taken up in 50%saturated sodium bicarbonate, and 1 M HCl was added to adjust the pH to3, forming a milky precipitate. This was extracted three times withEtOAc, combined organics dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo to yield pure6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoate (3.08 g, 19%).

To a stirred solution of6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanoate (3.08 g, 14.6 mmol,1.0 eq) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (1.76 g, 15.3 mmol, 1.05 eq) in EtOAc(30 mL) at 0° C., was added dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (3.16 g, 15.3 mmol,1.05 eq). The reaction was then allowed to warm to rt. After 20 h, thereaction was filtered and washed with EtOAc and the filtrateconcentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to yieldthe title compound (2.16 g, 48%) as a clear oil that solidified slowlyto a waxy white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 6.71 (s, 2H),3.56 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (s, 4H), 2.63 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.80 (p,J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.73-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.35 (m, 2H). m/z calcd. forC₁₄H₁₆N₂O₆=308.10. Found [M+H]⁺=309.13. Rf=0.28 (50% EtOAc/Hex).

Compound 8: MT-OH:3-(2-(2-(2-(2,5-Dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propanoicAcid

The title compound was prepared according to Warnecke, A., Kratz, F.Bioconjugate Chemistry 2003, 14, 377-387. H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d)δ 6.74 (s, 2H), 3.87-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.72-3.62 (m, 10H), 2.73-2.64 (m,2H). m/z calcd. for C₁₃H₂₉NO₇=301.12. Found [M+H]⁺=302.14,

Compound 9: MT-NHS: 2,5-Dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl3-(2-(2-(2-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propanoate

MT-OH (2.6 g, 8.6 mmol, 1.0 eq) was treated withdicyclohexylcarbodiimide (1.87 g, 9.06 mmol, 1.05 eq), andN-hydroxysuccinimide (1.04 g, 6.06 mmol, 1.05 eq) in 30 mL of 5:1EtOAc/dioxane at rt. After 36 h, the mixture was filtered, washing withEtOAc, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography to yield thetitle compound (309 mg, 9.0%) as a clear oil along with startingmaterial (1.31 g, 50% recovered). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 6.72(s, 2H), 3.87 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.70-3.58 (m,10H), 2.93 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (s, 4H), 1.32-1.19 (m, 2H). m/zcalcd. for C₁₇H₂₂N₂O₉=398.13. Found [M+H]⁺=399.15, [M+Na]⁺=421.14.Rf=0.59 (10% (5% AcOH/MeOH)/10% Hex/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound 10: MT-Val-Cit-OH:(14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecan-18-oicAcid

The title compound was prepared from H-VC-OH (0.50 g, 1.287 mmol)) andMT-NHS (0.512 g, 1.287 mmol) with N,N-di-isopropylethylamine (0.448 mL,2 equiv) in dioxanes (0.50 mL). Upon consumption of the startingmaterial (˜16 h, evaluated by HPLC-MS), the reaction was concentrated invacuo and the resulting oil was purified by preparative HPLC-MS.Lyophilization of the desired fractions afforded the title compound as awhite powder (0.351 g, 63%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 6.76 (s,2H), 4.54-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.38 (m, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.70 (m, 5H),3.60-3.68 (m, 10H), 3.18-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.18 (m,1H), 1.90-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.65 (m, 2H), 0.98 (t,J=6.6 Hz, 6H).

Compound 11: Boc-HTI-286-OH:(6S,9S,12S,E)-9-tert-butyl-12-isopropyl-2,2,5,11,14-pentamethyl-4,7,10-trioxo-6-(2-phenylpropan-2-yl)-3-oxa-5,8,11-triazapentadec-13-en-15-oicacid

The title compound was prepared according to Nieman et al. J. Nat. Prod.2003, 66, 183-199.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.57 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.38 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dq, J=9.8, 1.6 Hz, 11H), 5.08 (t,J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 4.95 (s, 1H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.53 (s, 3H),2.15-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.94 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.50 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H),1.10 (s, 9H), 0.93 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).

C₃₂H₅₁N₃O₆ calcd. [M+H]⁺ 574.38. found [M+Na]⁺586.42, [M+H]⁺ 574.46,[M-Boc+2H]⁺474.39.

Compound 12: Fmoc-Val-Cit-OH:(S)-2-((S)-2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanoicacid, Fmoc-Valine-Citrulline-OH

The title compound was prepared according to Dubowchik et al.,Bioconjugate Chem., 2002, 13, 855-869.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 12.56 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.90(d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.49-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.38-7.23(m, 2H), 5.96 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.34-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.93(dd, J=9.1, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 2.96 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 2H),1.97 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.86-1.63 (m, 11H), 1.57 (dtd, J=13.9, 9.0, 5.4Hz, 1H), 1.41 (dhept, J=13.2, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 0.88 (dd, J=13.3, 6.7 Hz,6H). C₂₆H₃₂N₄O₆ calcd. [M+H]⁺ 497.23. found [M+H]⁺ 497.19.

Example 1 Compound A:(S,E)-N-(4-(((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)methyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound A-1: 4-(azidomethyl)benzenesulfonamide

To a stirred solution of 4-(bromomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (0.50 g) inN,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added sodium azide (0.20 g). Thesuspension was heated to 50° C. for 3 hours at which points the solventwas removed under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned betweenethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was washed with brine, driedover magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give thetitle compound as a syrup that solidified on standing.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 8.06-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.58-7.44 (m, 2H),4.96 (s, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H).

Compound A-2: 4-(aminomethyl)benzenesulfonamide

To a solution of 4-(azidomethyl)benzenesulfonamide (0.354 g) in methanol(10 mL) in a round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer wasadded 10% Pd/C (˜0.05 g). The flask was evacuated of gases at reducedpressure and charged with hydrogen. This evacuation and charge wasrepeated three times at which point the suspension was left to stirovernight. At 16 h, TLC analysis indicated complete consumption of thestarting material. The reaction was diluted with methanol (40 mL),Celite® was added and the mixture was filtered through a fritted glassfunnel. The resulting solution was concentrated to dryness. ¹H NMRsuggested that the material was sufficiently clean at this stage forfurther use without purification.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 5.76 (s, 2H),3.76 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 2H).

Compound A-3: 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylbenzyl)acetamide

The title compound was synthesized by reaction of4-(aminomethyl)benzenesulfonamide with TFAA according to GeneralProcedure 2, with a ¹H NMR spectrum that was complicated by rotamers.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 7.91-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.31 (m, 4H), 4.72(m, 2H), 4.47 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (s, 2H).

Compound A-4: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-((2,2,2-trfluoroacetamido)methyl)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate)

The title compound was synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and Compound A-4according to General Procedure 3.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.11-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.50 (dd, J=18.3, 7.9Hz, 4H), 7.39-7.07 (m, 7H), 6.43 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 4.68(d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 3.00 (d, J=33.9 Hz, 3H), 2.88 (d, J=7.6Hz, 3H), 2.34 (s, 2H), 2.00 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.81 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H),1.43 (s, 13H), 0.98-0.68 (m, 14H). C₄₁H₅₈F₃N₅O₈S calcd. [M+H]⁺ 838.40;found [M+Na]⁺860.48; [M+H]⁺ 838.46; [M-Boc+2H]⁺738.33.

Compound A-5:(S,E)-N-(4-(aminomethyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-((2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)methyl)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamateaccording to General Procedures 5 and 10.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.13 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 7.59-7.41 (m, 4H), 7.37 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (dd, J=9.4, 1.7Hz, 1H), 5.01 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 3.17 (s,3H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.12-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.84 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.47 (s,3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.91 (m, 6H). C₃₄H₅₁N₅O₅S calcd. [M+H]⁺642.38; found [M+H]⁺ 642.40.

Compound A-6: (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(4-(N-((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enoyl)sulfamoyl)benzylamino)-1-oxo-5-ureidopentan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate

Synthesized from(S,E)-N-(4-(aminomethyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamideand Fmoc-Val-Cit-OH according to General Procedure 6 with minorcontamination by DIPEA and AcOH. Material used “as is” in the subsequentstep.

C₆₀H₈₁N₉O₁₀S calcd. [M+H]⁺ 1120.58; found [M+H]⁺ 1120.68.

Compound A-7:(S,E)-N-(4-(((S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)methyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was synthesized staring with (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(4-(N-((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enoyl)sulfamoyl)benzylamino)-1-oxo-5-ureidopentan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamateaccording to General Procedure 8.

Compound A:(S,E)-N-(4-(((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-JH-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)methyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was synthesized from Compound A-7 and MC-NHSaccording to General Procedure 9, purified by preparative HPLC anddeprotected according to General Procedure 10.

¹H NMR (600 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.89 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.53-7.47 (m,2H), 7.39 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 4H), 7.28 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (s, 2H), 6.67(d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.51-4.35 (m, 3H), 4.18 (d,J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (s, 1H), 3.50 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H),3.20-3.01 (m, 5H), 2.35-2.18 (m, 5H), 2.08 (dq, J=13.9, 6.9 Hz, 1H),2.02-1.91 (m, 6H), 1.91-1.77 (m, 4H), 1.72 (dtd, J=14.0, 9.3, 5.2 Hz,1H), 1.66-1.40 (m, 10H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.34-1.24 (m, 3H), 1.03 (s, 9H),0.96 (dd, J=6.8, 4.0 Hz, 6H), 0.91-0.86 (m, 3H), 0.84 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H).

C₅₅H₈₂N₁₀O_(II)S calcd. m/z [M+H]⁺ 1091.59; found [M+H]⁺ 1091.67.

Example 2 Compound B:(S,E)-N-(4-(((R)-6-amino-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)hexanamido)methyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound B-1a: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-(aminomethyl)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-((2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)methyl)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate,Compound A-4 according to General Procedure 5.

Compound B-1

The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-(aminomethyl)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamateand Fmoc-Phe-Lys(Boc)-OH according to General Procedure 6.

C₇₄H₉₈N₈O₁₃S calcd m/z=1338.70 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1339.86,[M+Na]⁺=1361.88, [M+K]⁺=1377.95, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1239.83,[M−2Boc+3H]⁺=1139.72.

Compound B-2

The title compound was prepared from Compound B-1 according to GeneralProcedure 8.

C₅₉H₈₈N₈O₁₁S calcd m/z=1116.63 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1117.78,[M+Na]⁺=1139.80, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1017.72, [M−2Boc+3H]⁺=917.64.

Compound B-3

The title compound was prepared from Compound B-2 and MC-NHS accordingto General Procedure 9.

C₆₉H₉₉N₉O₁₄S calcd m/z=1309.70 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1310.89,[M+Na]⁺=1332.91, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1210.86, [M−2Boc+3H]⁺=1110.77.

Compound B:(S,E)-N-(4-(((R)-6-amino-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)hexanamido)methyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound B-3 according to GeneralProcedure 10.

C₅₉H₈₃N₉O₁₀S calcd m/z=1109.60 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1110.76,[M+Na]⁺=1132.75, [(M+2H)/2]²+=556.11.

Example 3 Compound C:(S,E)-N-(4-(((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)methyl)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound C-1a: 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-(sulfamoylmethyl)benzyl)acetamide

The title compound was synthesized from commercially available(4-(aminomethyl)phenyl)methanesulfonamide and TFAA using GeneralProcedure 2.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-d₆) δ 9.05 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.40 (i, 2H),7.40-7.32 (i, 2H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.56 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H).

Compound C-1

The title compound was synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-(sulfamoylmethyl)benzyl)acetamide, Compound C-1a,according to General Procedure 3.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.49 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.41-7.27 (m,5H), 7.21 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H1), 5.18 (s, 1H), 4.99(s, 2H), 4.69 (s, 3H), 4.46 (s, 3H), 3.06-2.91 (m, 3H), 2.88 (d, J=4.7Hz, 3H), 2.04 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 1.88 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 3H), 1.79-1.69 (m,1H), 1.68-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.52 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.23-1.12(m, 1H), 0.97 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 0.90 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 9H), 0.80 (d, J=6.8Hz, 3H).

C₄₂H₆₀F₃N₅O₈S calcd m/z=851.41 amu; found [M+H]⁺=852.47, [M+Na]⁺=874.47,[M-Boc+2H]⁺=752.38.

Compound C-2

The title compound was prepared from Compound C-1 according to GeneralProcedure 3.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.49 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.30 (m,4H), 7.28 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (q, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=9.4 Hz,1H), 5.19 (s, 1H), 5.07-4.94 (m, 2H), 4.72 (s, 1H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 3.77(s, 2H), 3.05-2.82 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.82 (m, 4H), 1.58-1.32 (m, 16H),0.97-0.85 (m, 12H), 0.85-0.74 (m, 4H).

C₄₀H₆₁N₅O₇S calcd m/z=755.43 amu; found [M+H]⁺=756.46, [M+Na]⁺=778.48,[M-Boc+2H]⁺=656.39.

Compound C-3

The title compound was prepared from Compound C-2 and Fmoc-Val-Cit-OHaccording to General Procedure 6.

C₆₆H₉₁N₉O₁₂S calcd m/z=1233.65 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1234.82,[M+Na]⁺=1256.80, [M-Boc+2H]=1134.73.

Compound C-4

The title compound was prepared from Compound C-3 according to GeneralProcedure 8.

C₅₁H₈₁N₉O₁₀S calcd m/z=1011.58 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1012.72,[M+Na]⁺=1034.68, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=912.66.

Compound C-5

The title compound was prepared from Compound C-4 and MC-NHS accordingto General Procedure 9.

C₆₁H₉₂N₁₀O₁₃S calcd m/z=1204.66 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1205.84,[M+Na]⁺=1227.82, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1105.75.

Compound C:(S,E)-N-(4-(((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)methyl)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound C-5 according to GeneralProcedure 10.

C₅₆H₈₄N₁₀O₁₁S calcd m/z=1104.60 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1105.78,[M+Na]⁺=1127.76, [(M+2H)/2]²+=553.60.

Example 4 Compound D:(S,E)-N-(4-(((R)-6-amino-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)hexanamido)methyl)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound D-1

The title compound was prepared from Compound C-2 andFmoc-Phe-Lys(Boc)-OH according to General Procedure 6.

C₇₅H₁₀₀N₈O₁₃S calcd m/z=1352.71 amu; found [M+H]=1353.96,[M+Na]⁺=1375.83, [M-Boc+2H]=1253.78, [M−2Boc+H]⁺=1153.70.

Compound D-2

The title compound was prepared from Compound D-1 according to GeneralProcedure 8.

C₆₀H₉₀N₈O₁₁S calcd m/z=1130.64 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1131.75,[M+Na]⁺=1153.75, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1031.68, [M−2Boc+3H]⁺=931.61.

Compound D-3

The title compound was prepared from Compound D-2 and MC-NHS accordingto General Procedure 9.

C₇₀H₁₀₁N₉O₁₄S calcd m/z=1323.72 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1324.96,[M+Na]⁺=1346.94, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1224.87, [M−2Boc+3H]⁺=1124.79.

Compound D:(S,E)-N-(4-(((R)-6-amino-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)hexanamido)methyl)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound D-3 according to GeneralProcedure 10.

C₆₀H₈₅N₉O₁₀S calcd m/z=1123.61 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1124.75,[M+Na]⁺=1146.77, [(M+2H)/2]²+=563.09.

Example 5 Compound E:(S,E)-N-(4-((R)-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound E-1a: 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-(sulfamoylmethyl)phenyl)acetamide

The title compound was synthesized from commercially available(4-aminophenyl)methanesulfonamide and TFAA using General Procedure 2.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.31 (s, 1H), 7.79-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.23(m, 2H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H).

Compound E-1

The title compound was synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-(sulfamoylmethyl)phenyl)acetamide, Compound E-1a,according to General Procedure 3.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.50 (m, 3H),7.50-7.31 (m, 5H), 7.23 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 11H), 6.35 (dd, J=9.2, 1.6 Hz,1H), 6.22 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (s, 1H), 5.05-4.80 (m, 3H), 4.72-4.40(m, 2H), 2.97-2.74 (m, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 1.95 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.35 (m,15H), 1.02-0.63 (m, 15H).

C₄₁H₅₈F₃N₅O₈S calcd. [M+H]⁺ 838.40; found [M+Na]⁺860.48; [M+H]⁺ 838.52;[M-Boc+2H]⁺738.39.

Compound E-2

The title compound was prepared from Compound E-1 according to GeneralProcedure 5.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.63-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.35 (t, J=7.7 Hz,2H), 7.22 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.73-6.54 (m, 2H), 6.36(dd, J=9.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 5.00 (m, 2H), 4.60 (s, 3H),2.98-2.75 (m, 6H), 1.97-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.34 (m, 15H), 0.97-0.63 (m,15H).

C₃₉H₅₉N₅O₇S calcd. [M+H]⁺ 742.41; found [M+H]⁺ 742.47; [M-Boc+2H]⁺642.40.

Compound E-3

The title compound was prepared from Compound E-2 and Fmoc-Val-Cit-OHaccording to General Procedure 6.

C₆₅H₈₉N₉O₁₂S calcd. [M+H]⁺ 1220.64; found [M+H]⁺ 1220.97; [M-Boc+2H]⁺1120.87.

Compound E-4

The title compound was prepared from Compound E-3 according to GeneralProcedure 8.

C₅₀H₇₉N₉O₁₀S calcd. [M+Na]⁺998.57; found [M+H]⁺998.75; [M-Boc+H]⁺898.69.

Compound E-5

The title compound was prepared by reaction of Compound E-4 with MC-NHSaccording to General Procedure 9.

C₆₀H₉₀N₁₀O₁₃S calcd. [M+H]⁺ 1191.64; found [M+H]⁺ 1191.74; [M-Boc+2H]⁺1091.67.

Compound E:(S,E)-N-(4-((R)-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound E-5 according to GeneralProcedure 10.

C₅₅H₈₂N₁₀O_(II)S calcd. [M+H]⁺ 1091.59; found [M+H]⁺ 1091.67.

Example 6 Compound F:-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound F-1

To a stirred solution of Compound E-4 (40.0 mg, 0.040 mmol, 1.0 eq) inCH₂Cl₂ (0.5 mL) was added MT-OH (18.1 mg, 0.060 mmol, 1.5 eq). Next,triethylamine (0.017 mL, 0.120 mmol, 3.0 eq) then Mukiyama's reagent(15.4 mg, 0.060 mmol, 1.5 eq) were added. After 3 h, approximately oneequivalent of acid, triethylamine, and Mukiyama's reagent was added, andafter 30 more min, HPLC indicated consumption of starting materialCompound E-4. The reaction mixture was diluted with 0.25 mL hexanes andloaded directly onto flash chromatography to yield the title compound(29.3 mg, 57%) as a clear yellow film.

C₆₃H₉₆N₁₀O₁₆S calcd. m/z=1280.67. Found [M+H]⁺=1281.94, [M+Na]⁺=1303.91,[M-Boc+2H]⁺=1181.86. R_(f)=0.45 (10% (5% AcOH/MeOH)/10% Hex/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound F(S,E)-N-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 10 fromCompound F-1.

C₅₈H₈₈N₁₀O₁₄S calcd. m/z for =1180.62. Found [M+H]⁺=1181.82,[(M+2H)/2]²⁺=591.60.

Example 7 Compound G:(S,E)-N-(4-((R)-6-amino-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)hexanamido)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound G-1

The title compound was prepared from Compound E-2 andFmoc-Phe-Lys(Boc)-OH according to General Procedure 6.

C₇₄H₉₈N₈O₁₃S calcd m/z=1338.70 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1339.96,[M+Na]⁺=1361.92, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1239.85, [M−2Boc+H]⁺=1139.77.

Compound G-2

The title compound was prepared from Compound G-1 according to GeneralProcedure 8.

C₅₉H₈₈N₈O₁₁S calcd m/z=1116.63 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1117.78,[M+Na]⁺=1139.80, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1017.72, [M−2Boc+H]⁺=917.64.

Compound G-3

The title compound was prepared from Compound G-2 and MC-NHS accordingto General Procedure 9.

C₆₉H₉₉N₉O₁₄S calcd m/z=1309.70 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1310.93,[M+Na]⁺=1332.89, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1210.84, [M−2Boc+3H]⁺=1110.76.

Compound G:(S,E)-N-(4-((R)-6-amino-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-phenylpropanamido)hexanamido)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound G-3 according to GeneralProcedure 10.

C₅₉H₈₃N₉O₁₀S calcd m/z=1109.60 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1110.71,[M+Na]⁺=1132.74, [(M+2H)/2]⁺=556.18.

Example 8 Compound H:(S,E)-N-(4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound H-1a: 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide

The title compound was synthesized from commercially availablesulfanilamide and TFAA using General Procedure 2 in near quantitativeyield.

Compound H-1b: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

To a stirred solution of Boc-HTI-286-OH (0.400 g, 0.7 mmol) and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (0.244, 1.3 equiv) inethyl acetate (10 mL) was added N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (0.202 g,1.4 equiv) and N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (0.119 g, 1.4 equiv).Stirring was continued overnight at which point the reaction was dilutedwith diethyl ether (60 mL), the solids were filtered off, washed withdiethyl ether (30 mL) and the filtrate concentrated to give a colourlessoil. The oil was purified by silica gel chromatography using 5-50% EtOAc(containing 5% AcOH) in hexanes on a 25 g Isolera™ column over 25 columnvolumes. Fractions containing the desired material were pooled andconcentrated to give the title compound (0.504 g, 86%) as a colourlessfoam.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.14-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.98-7.83 (m, 3H),7.47 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.32 (d, J=7.6, 2H), 7.20 (q, J=7.4, 6.2 Hz,2H), 6.44 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 1H), 4.68 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H),3.08-2.95 (m, 3H), 2.87 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 2.01 (m, 6H), 1.80 (d, J=11.7Hz, 3H), 1.62 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 1.52-1.36 (m, 14H), 1.26 (m, 1H),0.98-0.72 (m, 15H). C₄₀H₅₆F₃N₅O₈S calcd. m/z [M+H]⁺ 824.38; found[M+Na]⁺846.43; [M+H]⁺ 824.40; [M-Boc+2H]⁺724.34.

Compound H-1c: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-aminophenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared from Compound H-1b according to GeneralProcedure 5.

Compound H-1

Synthesized from tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-aminophenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamateand Fmoc-Val-Cit-OH according to General Procedure 6.

C₆₄H₈₇N₉O₁₂S calcd. m/z [M+H]⁺ 1206.62; found [M+Na]⁺ 1230.81; [M+H]⁺1206.73; [M-Boc+2H]⁺1106.63.

Compound H-2: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared from Compound H-1 according to GeneralProcedure 8.

C₄₉H₇₇N₉O₁₀S calcd. m/z [M+H]⁺ 984.55; found [M+H]⁺ 984.63;[M-Boc+2H]⁺884.57.

Compound H-3: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamateand MC-NHS according to General Procedure 9.

C₅₉H₈₈N₁₁O₁₃S calcd. m/z [M+H]⁺ 1177.63; found [M+Na]⁺1199.74; [M+H]⁺1177.85; [M-Boc+2H]⁺1077.68.

Compound H:(S,E)-N-(4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((S-2-((S)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamateaccording to General Procedure 10.

C₅₄H₈₀N₁₀O₁₁S calcd. m/z [M+H]⁺ 1077.63; found [M+H]⁺ 1077.68.

Example 9 Compound I:(S,E)-N-((4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenyl)sulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound I-1: tert-butyl((S)-1-(((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl)(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 9 fromtert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate(Compound H-2) and MT-NHS.

m/z calcd. for C₆₂H₉₄N₁₀O₁₆S=1266.66. Found [M+H]⁺=1267.87[M+Na]⁺=1289.86, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1167.82. R_(f)=0.49 (10% (5%AcOH/MeOH)/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound I:(S,E)-N-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 10 fromtert-butyl((S)-1-(((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl)(methyl)carbamate(Compound I-1).

m/z calcd. for C₅₇H₈₆N₁₀O₁₄S=1166.60. Found [M+H]⁺=1167.67,[(M+2H)/2]²⁺=584.57.

Example 10 Compound J:(S,E)-N-(4-(1-((R)-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)benzylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound J-1a: 4-(tritylthiomethyl)benzonitrile

Tritylmercaptan (1.48 g, 5.36 mmol, 1.05 eq) in THF (5 mL) was addeddropwise to a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion inmineral oil, 214 mg, 5.36 mmol, 1.05 eq) in THF (5 mL) under N₂ at 0° C.After 15 min, 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile (1.00 g, 5.10 mmol, 1.0 eq) inTHF (5 mL) was added and the reaction was allowed to come to rt. After 1h, TLC indicated complete conversion of starting material. The reactionwas quenched by adding saturated ammonium chloride, then some dH₂O. Themixture was extracted three times with ether, washed with saturatedbrine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to a viscous yellowoil. Purification by flash chromatography gave the title compound (1.76g, 88%) as a light white powder.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.52 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=7.1Hz, 6H), 7.33 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 6H), 7.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 7.19 (d, J=8.2Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 2H). m/z calcd. for C₂₇H₂₁NS=391.14. Found[M+Na]⁺=414.13. R_(f)=0.32 (10% EtOAc/Hex).

Compound J-1b: 1-(4-(tritylthiomethyl)phenyl)cyclopropanamine

4-(tritylthiomethyl)benzonitrile (1.47 g, 3.75 mmol, 1.0 eq) was takenup in 40 mL THF, under N₂ atmosphere, then cooled to −78° C. To thissolution was added Ti(O-iPr)₄ (1.21 mL, 4.13 mmol, 1.1 eq), thenethylmagnesium bromide (3 M, 2.75 mL, 8.26 mmol, 2.2 eq) was addeddropwise over 5 min. The dry-ice bath was removed, allowing the solutionto reach rt. After 45 min at rt, BF₃·Et₂O (0.93 mL, 7.51 mmol, 2.0 eq)was added to the now very dark reaction mixture. After stirring for anadditional 2.5 h, the reaction was quenched with 5 mL of 2 M HCl,followed by pH adjustment to strong base with about 15 mL 2 M NaOH. Somewater was added to the mixture, then it was extracted three times with75 mL EtOAc, washed once with dH₂O, once with saturated brine, driedover sodium sulfate, and concentrated to a clear oil. The material waspurified by flash chromatography to afford the title compound (680 mg,36%) as a clear oil.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.49 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 6H), 7.33 (t, J=7.7Hz, 6H), 7.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.11 (d, J=8.2Hz, 2H), 3.32 (s, 2H), 1.06 (dd, J=7.9, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 0.95 (dd, J=7.9,4.7 Hz, 2H). m/z calcd. for C₂₉H₂₇NS=421.19. Found [M+H]⁺=422.19.R_(f)=0.21 (50% EtOAc/Hex).

Compound J-1c:2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-(tritylthiomethyl)phenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide

To a stirred solution of 1-(4-(tritylthiomethyl)phenyl)cyclopropanamine(680 mg, 1.61 mmol, 1.0 eq) in CH₂Cl₂ was added trifluoroaceticanhydride (0.448 mL, 3.22 mmol, 2.0 eq) and triethylamine (0.45 mL, 3.22mmol, 2.0 eq). After two hours, TLC and HPLC indicated completeconversion of starting material. The reaction was quenched by theaddition of 3 mL NaHCO₃, then some dH₂O was added, and the mixture wasextracted three times with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organics were washedwith saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to ayellow foam, giving the title compound (715 mg, 86%) in sufficientpurity to move to the next step.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.48 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 6H), 7.32 (t, J=7.6Hz, 6H), 7.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 7.19 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=8.3Hz, 2H), 6.83 (s, 1H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 1.40-1.24 (m, 4H). m/z calcd. forC₃₁H₂₆F₃NOS=517.17. Found [M+Na]⁺=540.25. R_(f)=0.71 (50% EtOAc/Hex).

Compound J-1d:2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide

2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-(tritylthiomethyl)phenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide(715 mg, 1.38 mmol, 1.0 eq) in 5 mL CH₂Cl₂ was treated with 2.5 mL TFA.After 1 min, TIPSH (0.42 mL, 2.1 mmol, 1.5 eq) was added, causing theyellow color to fade. After 30 min, TLC indicated the reaction to becomplete. The mixture was concentrated, then co-evaporated once withCH₂Cl₂ and twice with toluene. The residue was purified by flashchromatography to afford the title compound (261 mg, 69%) as a whitesolid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.35-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.87 (s, 1H),3.74 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.77 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.36 (s, 4H). R_(f)=0.47(20% EtOAc/Hex).

Compound J-1e:2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-(sulfamoylmethyl)phenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide

To a stirred solution of2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-(mercaptomethyl)phenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide(220 mg, 0.799 mmol, 1.0 eq) in acetonitrile were added dH₂O (0.029 mL,1.6 mmol, 2.0 eq), tetrabutylammonium chloride (110 mg, 0.40 mmol, 0.5eq), then N-chlorosuccinimide (320 mg, 2.40 mmol, 3.0 eq). After 20minutes, no starting material was visible by TLC. After 90 min,concentrated NH₄OH (0.18 mL, 3.2 mmol, 4.0 eq) was added. After 10minutes, 1 mL of NH₄Cl was added, and the mixture was extracted threetimes with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed twice with dH₂O,once with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentratedto a clear oil. The residue was purified by flash chromatography toafford the title compound (192 mg, 74%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.21 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.16(d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 1.27 (dt, J=6.1, 2.3 Hz,4H). R_(f)=0.26 (50% EtOAc/Hex).

Compound J-1

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 3 from2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-(sulfamoylmethyl)phenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide(Compound J-1e) and Boc-HTI-286-OH.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d,J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.11 (m, 5H), 6.33 (d, J=9.3 Hz,1H), 6.28-6.14 (m, 1H), 5.35 (s, 1H), 4.97 (t, J=10.3 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (d,J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 4.70-4.56 (m, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (s, 3H),2.59 (s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 3H), 1.82-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.57 (m, 3H), 1.55(s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.34 (m, 4H), 0.85 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H),0.82-0.67 (m, 12H). n/z calcd. for C₄₄H₆₂F₃N₅O₈S=877.43. Found[M+Na]⁺=900.67. R_(f)=0.34 (50% (2% AcOH/EtOAc)/Hex).

Compound J-2

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 5 inMeOH/H₂O from Compound J-1.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.62-7.48 (m, 4H), 7.35 (t, J=7.6 Hz,2H), 7.31-7.12 (m, 3H), 6.51 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.36-6.18 (m, 1H), 5.29(s, 1H), 5.00-4.86 (m, 11H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 4.60 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 11H),3.07-2.73 (m, 6H), 2.02-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.51 (m, 6H), 1.47 (s, 9H),1.45-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.16 (s, 2H), 0.89-0.81 (m, 12H), 0.80 (d, J=6.7 Hz,3H). m/z calcd. for C₄₂13N₅O₇S=781.44. Found [M+H]⁺=782.63.

Compound J-3

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 6 fromCompound J-2 and Fmoc-Val-Cit-OH.

m/z calcd. for C₆₈H₉₃N₉O₁₂S=1259.67. Found [M+H]⁺=1261.11,[M+Na]⁺=1283.06, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1160.97. R_(f)=0.54 (5% MeOH/(2%AcOH/EtOAc)).

Compound J-4

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 8 fromCompound J-3.

m/z calcd. for C₅₃H₈₃N₉O₁₀S=1037.60. Found [M+H]⁺=1038.90,[M-Boc+2H]=938.78. R_(f)˜0.1 (25% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound J-5

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 9 fromCompound J-4 and MC-NHS.

m/z calcd. for C₆₃H₉₄N₁₀O₁₃S=1230.67. Found [M+H]⁺=1232.11,[M+Na]⁺=1254.09, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=1132.01. R_(f)=0.44 (10% (5%AcOH/MeOH)/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound J:(S,E)-N-(4-(1-((R)-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-JH-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)benzylsufonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 10 fromCompound J-5.

m/z calcd. for C₅₈H₈₆N₁₀O₁₁S=1130.62. Found [M+H]⁺=1131.95,[(M+2H)/2]²+=566.69.

Example 11 Compound K:(S,E)-N-(4-(1-((R)-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound K-1a: 1-phenylcyclopropanamine

The title compound was prepared as described in Bertus, P., Szymoniak,J. J. Org. Chem., 2003, 68, 7133-7136 from benzonitrile (1.0 mL, 9.7mmol) to give 270 mg (21%).

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.44-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.27-7.15 (m, 1H),1.18-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.07-0.95 (m, 2H). R_(f)=0.28 (5% (5%NH₄OH/MeOH)/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound K-1b: 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)acetamide

To a stirred solution of 1-phenylcyclopropanamine (270 mg, 2.03 mmol,1.0 eq) in dioxane (5 mL), was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.310mL, 2.23 mmol, 1.1 eq). After 5 min, TLC indicated complete conversionof starting material. The mixture was concentrated, then coevaporatedonce with CH₂Cl₂ and once with toluene to yield the title compound (453mg, 97%) as a flaky white powder.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.47-7.15 (m, 5H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 1.65(s, 4H). m/z calcd. for C₁₁H₁₀F₃NO=229.07. Found [M+H]⁺=230.14.R_(f)=0.82 (5% (5% NH₄OH/MeOH)/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound K-1c:2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide

To stirred chlorosulfonic acid (0.78 mL, 11.8 mmol, 6.0 eq) at 0° C.,was added solid 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-phenylcyclopropyl)acetamide (450mg, 1.96 mmol, 1.0 eq) portionwise, keeping the temperature low. Aftercomplete addition, the mixture was heated to 50° C. After 1-minutes, gasevolution ceased, and the reaction was allowed to cool. The mixture wasadded slowly to a beaker of ice, being mindful of splattering. The solidthat was left in the ice was filtered off. This solid was dried in vacuoand then taken up in THF (4 mL). Concentrated NH₄OH (0.44 mL, 7.85 mmol,4.0 eq) was added, turning the solution green-black. After 2 min, TLCindicated complete consumption of the sulfonylchloride intermediate. 2MHCl was added until the color faded, then the mixture was extractedthree times with EtOAc, washed once with saturated NaHCO₃, once withsaturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to a flakysolid. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography to yieldthe title compound (235 mg, 39%) as a white solid.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.28 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.32(d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (s, 2H), 1.42-1.35 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.27 (m, 2H).m/z calcd. for C₁₁H₁₁F₃N₂O₃S=308.04. Found [M+H]=309.07. R_(f)=0.27 (50%EtOAc/Hex).

Compound K-1d: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-(1-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsufonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 3 from2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(1-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)cyclopropyl)acetamide (CompoundK-1c) and Boc-HTI-286-OH.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),7.42-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.46 (d, J=9.0Hz, 1H), 6.17-6.08 (m, 1H), 5.29 (s, 1H), 4.97-4.76 (m, 1H), 4.56 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 6H), 2.01-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.62 (s, 3H),1.53 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 4H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 0.86 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.81(d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.77 (s, 9H). m/z calcd. for C₄₃H₆₀F₃N₅O₈S=863.41.Found [M+H]⁺=864.56, [M+Na]⁺=886.52, [M-Boc+2H]⁺=764.44. R_(f)=0.34 (50%(2% AcOH/EtOAc)/Hex).

Compound K-1e: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 5 indioxanes from compound tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-(1-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate.1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.97 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 7.51-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.32 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (t, J=8.4 Hz,1H), 6.55 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (s, 1H), 5.03-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.70 (d,J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.80 (s,3H), 1.53 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.40-1.37 (m, 2H),1.36-1.32 (m, 2H), 0.87 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 12H), 0.82-0.76 (m, 3H). m/zcalcd. for C₄₁H₆₁N₅O₇S=767.43. Found [M+H]⁺=768.51 [M-Boc+2H]⁺=668.38.R_(f)=0.32 (10% EtOAc/Hex).

Compound K-1

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 6 fromtert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamateand Fmoc-Val-Cit-OH. m/z calcd. for C₆₇H₉₁N₉O₁₂S=1245.65. Found[M+H]⁺=1246.89, [M+Na]⁺=1268.88, [M-Boc+2H]=1146.82. R_(f)=0.52 (5%MeOH/(2% AcOH/EtOAc)).

Compound K-2: Tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-(1-((R)-2-((R)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 8 fromCompound K-1.

m/z calcd. for C₅₂H₈₁N₉O₁₀S=1023.58. Found [M+H]⁺=1024.72,[M-Boc+2H]⁺=924.66.

Compound K-3:1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-(1-((R)-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamate

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 9 fromtert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-(1-((R)-2-((R)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxo-3-phenylbutan-2-yl(methyl)carbamateand MC-NHS.

m/z calcd. for C₆₂H₉₂N₁₀O₁₃S=1216.66. Found [M+H]⁺=1217.89,[M+Na]⁺=1239.94, [M-Boc+2H]=1117.82. R_(f)=0.39 (10% (5%AcOH/MeOH)/CH₂Cl₂).

Compound K:(S,E)-N-(4-(1-((R)-2-((R)-2-(6-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)hexanamido)-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 10 fromCompound K-3. m/z calcd. for C₅₇H₈₄N₁₀O₁₁S=1116.60. Found[M+H]⁺=1117.77, [(M+2H)/2]²⁺=559.56.

Example 12 Compound KK:(S,E)-N-(4-(1-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound KK-1:(S,E)-N-(4-(1-((S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-5-ureidopentanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was synthesized from Compound K-2 according toGeneral Procedure 10. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.97-7.90 (m, 2H),7.59-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=8.5, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.34 (m, 3H), 6.46(dd, J=9.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (s, 1H), 4.43(dd, J=8.6, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 3.71 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.09(m, 5H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.22 (dt, J=13.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.04 (q, J=8.8,7.8 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.58 (dq, J=14.5, 8.7, 8.3 Hz, 2H), 1.48(s, 4H), 1.36 (d, J=14.3 Hz, 5H), 1.15-0.99 (m, 16H), 0.90 (dd, J=6.6,3.4 Hz, 6H). m/z calcd. for C₄₇H₇₃N₉O₈S=923.53. Found [M+H]⁺=924.8.

Compound KK:(S,E)-N-(4-(1-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)cyclopropyl)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was synthesized from KK-1 and MT-NHS according toGeneral Procedure 9 prior to purification by preparative HPLC-MS. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.99-7.91 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.48 (t,J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.31 (m, 3H), 6.84 (s, 2H), 6.45 (dd, J=9.3, 1.7 Hz,1H), 5.00 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (s, 1H), 4.35 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.21(d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.67 (m, 4H), 3.67-3.54 (m, 10H), 3.25-3.05 (m,5H), 2.64-2.47 (m, 5H), 2.20-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.85 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 4H), 1.73(dq, J=9.5, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.66-1.28 (m, 11H), 1.12-0.94 (m, 16H), 0.90(dd, J=6.6, 4.9 Hz, 6H). m/z calcd. for C₆₀H₉₀N₁₀O₁₄S=1206.64. Found[M+H]⁺=1207.9.

Example 13 Compound L:(R)-N-((2S,3S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

Compound L-1: (S,E)-Ethyl4-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)-2,5-dimethylhex-2-enoate,Boc-ICD-OEt

The title compound was synthesized from (S,E)-ethyl2,5-dimethyl-4-(methylamino)hex-2-enoate (synthesized according to U.S.Pat. No. 7,579,323 B1) and Boc-Isoleucine-OH and using General Procedure6. NMR provided for a sample treated with TFA to remove the Boc groupand resolve rotamers in the spectrum. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ6.68 (dd, J=9.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (s, OH), 4.97 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.36(d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (s, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H),2.07-1.83 (m, 5H), 1.53 (s, 1H), 1.34 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (d, J=7.0Hz, 3H), 1.00-0.83 (m, 9H).

Compound L-2: (S,E)-4-((2S,3R)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-N,3-dimethylpentanamido)-2,5-dimethylhex-2-enoic acid

The title compound was generated from Boc-ICD-OEt using GeneralProcedure 11. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 6.79 (dd, J=9.3, 1.7 Hz,1H), 5.28 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (dd, J=10.6, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.34(m, 1H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, J=1.5 Hz, 4H), 1.77-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.44(s, 9H), 1.14 (dt, J=15.8, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 0.97-0.81 (m, 12H).

Compound L-3: (S,E)-4-((2S,3S)-N,3-dimethyl-2-((R)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamido)pentanamido)-2,5-dimethylhex-2-enoicacid

The title compound was synthesized from Compound L-1 according toGeneral Procedure 10 and reacting the liberated amine withD-(N-methyl)-pipecolic acid using General Procedure 6. Finally, theC-terminal carboxylate was liberated using General Procedure 11 prior topurification by preparative scale HPLC. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ6.77 (dd, J=9.5, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (t, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.56 (m,1H), 3.79-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.06 (m,1H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.00 (m, 1H), 2.01-1.92 (m,2H), 1.90 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.88-1.72 (m, 3H), 1.69-1.52 (m, 2H),1.31-1.16 (m, 1H), 0.98-0.86 (m, 12H). C₂₂H₃₉N₃O₄ calcd. m/z=409.29found [M+H]⁺=410.91.

Compound L-4: (S,E)-4-((2S,3S)-2-Amino-N,3-dimethylpentanamido)-2,5-dimethyl-N-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonyl)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound L-2 according to GeneralProcedure 11, followed by N-acyl sulfonamide generation with2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide according to GeneralProcedure 2, followed by General Procedure 10. ¹H NMR (400 MHz,Chloroform-d) δ 8.00-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.39 (dd,J=9.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.45-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.14 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (s,3H), 2.08-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.67 (s, J=1.5 Hz, 3H), 1.41-1.35 (m, J=13.3,7.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 1.10-0.88 (m, 4H), 0.77 (ddd, J=17.2, 9.0, 5.4 Hz,9H).

Compound L-5:(R)-N-((2S,3S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-Dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound L-4 andN-methyl-D-pipecolic acid according to General Procedure 6. ¹H NMR (400MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 7.97 (d, 2H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 7.67 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0H),6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 11H), 4.96 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, J=8.8 Hz,11H), 3.75 (hept, J=6.6 Hz, 11H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 11H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.45(s, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.01-1.88 (m, 3H), 1.84 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H),1.78-1.54 (m, 5H), 1.25-1.13 (m, 1H), 0.92 (s, 1H), 0.91-0.86 (m, 8H),0.83 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H). C₃₀H₄₄F₃N₅O₆S calcd.

m/z=659.30 found [M+H]⁺=660.88.

Compound L-6:(R)-N-((2S,3S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-Aminophenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound L-5 according to GeneralProcedure 5. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.72 (d, 2H), 6.69 (d, 2H),6.42 (dd, J=9.2, 1.7 Hz, 11H), 4.61-4.55 (m, 11H), 3.72 (dd, J=12.2, 3.2Hz, 11H), 3.52-3.44 (m, 11H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.09-3.03 (m,1H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.20-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.84 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.80-1.72(m, 2H), 1.67-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.16 (m, 1H), 0.96-0.85 (m, 12H).C₂₈1H₄₅N₅O₅S calcd. m/z=563.31 found [M+H]⁺=564.93.

Compound L:(R)-N-((2S,3S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-JH-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound L-6 and MT-Val-Cit-OHaccording to General Procedure 7. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.00(d, 2H), 7.88 (d, 21H), 6.83 (s, 2H), 6.46 (dd, J=9.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 4.57(d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.52 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.73(m, 3H), 3.73-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.58 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 8H),3.52-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 4H),2.71 (s, 3H), 2.61-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.01 (m, 3H), 2.00-1.88 (m, 3H),1.83 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.81-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.29-1.14(m, 1H), 1.01 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 0.94-0.86 (m, 12H). C₅₂H₈₂N₁₀O₁₄Scalcd. m/z=1102.57 found [M+H]=1104.22

Example 14 Compound M:(R)-N-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

Compound M-1:(S,E)-2,5-Dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((R)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamido)butanamido)hex-2-enoicacid

The title compound was prepared from (S,E)-ethyl4-((S)-2-amino-N,3,3-trimethylbutanamido)-2,5-dimethylhex-2-enoate(synthesized according to U.S. Pat. No. 7,579,323 B1) andD-N-methyl-pipecolic acid according to General Procedures 6 and 11. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 6.60 (dd, J=9.4, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.04 (t,J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 4.62 (s, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.10 (s,3H), 2.68 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 1H), 2.02-1.93 (m,2H), 1.90 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.88-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.62 (m, 2H),1.56-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.92 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.85 (d, J=6.6Hz, 3H). C₂₂H₃₉N₃O₄ calcd. m/z=409.29 found [M+H]⁺=410.92.

Compound M-2:(R)-N-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-Dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound M-1 and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide using General Procedure3. H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J=8.9Hz, 2H), 6.47 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.01-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.70 (s, 1H), 3.82(d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.53-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.72 (s, 3H),2.22-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.85 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 5H), 1.60 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.22 (m,4H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.89 (dd, J=17.1, 6.5 Hz, 6H). C₃₀H₄₄F₃N₅O₆S calcd.m/z=659.76 found [M+H]⁺=660.95.

Compound M-3:(R)-N-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-Aminophenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound M-2 according to GeneralProcedure 5. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 7.76-7.66 (m, 2H),6.74-6.64 (m, 2H), 6.42 (dd, J=8.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 4.94 (m, 1H), 4.70 (s,1H), 3.82 (dd, J=12.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.54-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.13 (s, 4H),2.70 (s, 3H), 2.16 (d, J=14.6 Hz, 1H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.96 (d,J=12.9 Hz, 2H), 1.89-1.51 (m, 6H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.89 (dd, J=16.3, 6.5Hz, 6H). C₂₈H₄₅N₅O₅S calcd. m/z=563.31 found [M+H]⁺=564.93.

Compound M:(R)-N-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-methylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound M-3 and MT-Val-Cit-OHaccording to General Procedure 7. H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.00(d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.83 (s, 2H), 6.46 (d, J=9.1Hz, 11H), 4.96-4.91 (m, 1H), 4.72-4.68 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.51 (m, 1H), 4.22(t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.83-3.73 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.61 (m,2H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 8H), 3.52-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.13 (s,3H), 3.09-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.58 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.19-2.01(m, 4H), 2.00-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.84 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.83-1.72 (m, 3H),1.61 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 3H), 1.03 (s, 11H), 1.00 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 4H), 0.91 (d,J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.87 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H). C₅₂H₈₂N₁₀O₁₄S calcd. m/z=1102.57found [M+H]⁺=1104.30.

Example 15 Compound N:(R)-N-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-isopropylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

Compound N-1:(R)-N-((S)-1-(((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-6-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)hex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-isopropylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from(S,E)-4-((S)-2-((R)-1-isopropylpiperidine-2-carboxamido)-N,3,3-trimethylbutanamido)-2,5-dimethylhex-2-enoicacid (prepared according to US 2012/0309938 A1) and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide using General Procedure3. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.00 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.56 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (s, 1H), 4.12 (dd, J=11.6,3.3 Hz, 11H), 3.95 (hept, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.54-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s,3H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.04-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.13 (dd, J=17.2, 6.4 Hz, 1H),2.00-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.84 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 4H), 1.71-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.29 (dd,J=28.0, 6.7 Hz, 8H), 1.17 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 6H), 1.01 (s, 10H), 0.86 (dd,J=28.2, 6.5 Hz, 7H). C₃₂H₄₈F₃N₅O₆S calcd. m/z=687.33 found [M+H]⁺=688.9.

Compound N-2:(R)-N-((S)-1-(((S,E)-6-(4-aminophenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-isopropylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound N-1 according to GeneralProcedure 5. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.75-7.62 (m, 2H),6.74-6.62 (m, 2H), 6.59-6.35 (m, 1H), 4.70 (s, 1H), 4.09 (dd, J=11.7,3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.52-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 3.02-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.12(d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 2.06-1.73 (m, 11H), 1.70-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.28 (dd,J=28.8, 6.7 Hz, 6H), 1.02 (s, 9H), 0.87 (dd, J=27.7, 6.5 Hz, 6H).C₃₀H₄₉N₅O₅S calcd. m/z=591.35 found [M+H]⁺=593.0.

Compound N-3: tert-butyl(S)-1-((S)-1-(4-(N-((S,E)-4-((S)-2-((R)-1-isopropylpiperidine-2-carboxamido)-N,3,3-trimethylbutanamido)-2,5-dimethylhex-2-enoyl)sulfamoyl)phenylamino)-1-oxo-5-ureidopentan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate

The title compound was synthesized from Compound N-2 and Boc-Val-Cit-OHaccording to General Procedure 7. C₄₆H₇₇N₉O₁₀S calcd. m/z=947.55 found[M+H]⁺=949.2.

Compound N:(R)-N-((S)-(((S,E)-6-(4-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonamido)-2,5-dimethyl-6-oxohex-4-en-3-yl)(methyl)amino)-3,3-dimethyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)-1-isopropylpiperidine-2-carboxamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound N-3 and MT-NHS accordingto General Procedure 10 and 9 and purified by preparative HPLC-MS.

C₅₄H₈₆N₁₀O₁₄S calcd. m/z=1130.60 found [M+H]⁺=1132.5.

Example 16 Compound O:(R)-N-(4-(N-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5R)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-5-ureidopentanamide

Compound O-1: tert-Butyl(S)-1-(((3R,4S,5R)-3-Methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate

The title compound was synthesized from commercially availableBoc-Val-Dip-Dap-OH (0.08 g, 0.14 mmol) and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide (0.045 g, 1.2 equiv)using dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (0.0347 g, 1.2 equiv),N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine (0.0205 g, 1.2 equiv) in CH₂Cl₂/DMF (2 mL,10:1, v/v) according to General Procedure 3. The title compound wasisolated by silica gel chromatography using 10-45% EtOAc (containing 2%AcOH) in Hexanes over 10 column volumes. (0.112 g, 98%). C₃₇H₅₈F₃N₅O₁₀Scalcd. m/z=821.39 found [M+H]⁺=823.04.

Compound 0-2:(S)-2-((S)-2-(Dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-3-methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-S-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The title compound was prepared by treating Compound 0-1 (0.111 g, 0.133mmol) with trifluoroacetic acid, according to General Procedure 10,followed by activation of N,N-dimethyl valine (0.029 g, 0.20 mmol, 1.5equiv) with HATU (0.076 g, 1.5 equiv) and N,N-di-isopropylethylamine(0.093 mL, 4 equiv) in CH₂Cl₂ and introduction of the TFA salt generatedabove according to General Procedure 6. The crude reaction wasconcentrated to dryness, dissolved in a minimal amount of CH₂Cl₂ andpurified by silica gel chromatography (3-20% MeOH/CH₂Cl₂ over 10 columnvolumes, 25 g column) to give the title compound as a colourless oil(0.108 g, 97%) C₃₉H₆₃F₃N₆O₉S calc'd m/z=848.43 found [M+H]⁺ 850.11.

Compound 0-3:(S)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-3-(4-Aminophenylsulfonamido)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methoxy-S-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The title compound was prepared according to General Procedure 5 fromCompound 0-2 (0.114 g, 0.13 mmol) with lithium hydroxide (0.671 mL, 1M,5 equiv) in dioxanes (5.0 mL) at room temperature for 16 h. The solutionwas adjusted to pH 7 with saturated NH₄Cl, concentrated under reducedpressure to yield a milky suspension and extracted repeatedly (3×20 mL,EtOAc). The organic phases were pooled, dried over MgSO₄, filtered,concentrated and used without further purification (0.097 g, 96%).C₃₇H₆₄N₆O₈S calc'd m/z=752.45 found [M+H]⁺ 754.16.

Compound O:(R)-N-(4-(N-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5R)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-5-ureidopentanamide

The title compound was synthesized using General Procedure 7 fromMT-VAL-CIT-OH (0.0394 g, 0.071 mmol, 2 equiv) and Compound 0-3 (0.030 g,0.035 mmol) with EDCI (0.0115 g, 2.1 equiv), hydroxybenzotriazole(0.0101 g, 2.1 equiv) and copper (II) chloride (0.010 g, 2.1 equiv) in amixture of dichloromethane/DMF (7:1 v/v). Upon reaction completion, thereaction was concentrated and treated with a methanolic solution ofTMEDA before being concentrated in vacuo. The blue residue was dissolvedin methanol and purified by preparative scale HPLC-MS to give the titlecompound (4.65 mg) as a fluffy white hygroscopic solid afterlyophilization of the product containing fractions. C₆₁H₁₀₁N₁₁O₁₇Scalc'd m/z=1291.71 found [M+H]⁺1292.89.

Example 17 Compound P:(S)-N-(4-((N-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5R)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)methyl)phenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-5-ureidopentanamide

Compound P-1: tert-Butyl(S)-1-(((3R,4S,5R)-3-Methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-((4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenyl)methylsulfonamido)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-S-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate

The title compound was prepared from commercially availableBoc-Val-Dil-Dap-OH and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-(sulfamoylmethyl)phenyl)acetamide through generalprocedure 3. C₃₈H₆₀F₃N₅O₁₀S calc'd m/z=835.40 found [M+H]⁺=836.7.

Compound P-2:(S)-2-((S)-2-(Dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-3-methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-((4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenyl)methylsulfonamido)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound P-1 and N,N-dimethylvalineaccording to General Procedure 6. C₄₀H₆₅F₃N₆O₉S calc'd m/z=862.45 found[M+H]⁺=863.2.

Compound P-3:(S)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-3-((4-Aminophenyl)methylsulfonamido)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound P-2 by following GeneralProcedure 5. C₃₈H₆₆N₆O₈S calc'd m/z=766.47 found [M-C₇H₈O₂S+H]⁺=599.0(Quinone methide fragmentation and loss of 4-aminobenzylsulfonate).

Compound P:(S)-N-(4-((N-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5R)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)methyl)phenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-S-ureidopentanamide

The title compound was synthesized using General Procedure 5 fromMT-VAL-CIT-OH and Compound P-3 and purified by preparative HPLCchromatography. C₆₁H₁₀₁N₁₁O₁₇S calc'd m/z=1305.73 found [M+H]⁺=1306.9.

Example 18 Compound Q:(S)-N-(4-(N-((S)-2-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5R)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanamido)-3-phenylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-5-ureidopentanamide

Compound Q-1:('S)-2-Amino-3-phenyl-N-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonyl)propanamide

Prepared from Boc-phenylalanine and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide according to GeneralProcedures 3 and 10. H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.42 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.73-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.24-7.14 (m,3H), 7.13-7.06 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=14.2, 5.1 Hz,1H), 2.91 (dd, J=14.1, 7.1 Hz, 1H). C₁₇H₁₆F₃N₃O₄S calcd. m/z=415.08found [M+H]⁺=416.5.

Compound Q-2: tert-Butyl(S)-1-(((3R,4S,5R)-3-Methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-((S)-1-oxo-3-phenyl-1-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)propan-2-ylamino)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate

The title compound was synthesized from commercially availableBoc-Val-Dip-Dap-OH (0.07 g) and Compound Q-1 using General Procedure 6.C₄₆H₆₇F₃N₆O₁₁₁S calcd. m/z=968.45 found [M+Na]⁺=992.1.

Compound Q-3:(S)-2-((S)-2-(Dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-3-methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-((S)-1-oxo-3-phenyl-1-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylsulfonamido)propan-2-ylamino)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound Q-2 (110 mg) andN,N-dimethyl valine using General Procedures 10 and 6. C₄₈H₇₂F₃N₇O₁₀Scalc'd m/z=995.50 found [M+H]⁺ 997.3.

Compound Q-4:(S)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-3-((S)-1-(4-Aminophenylsulfonamido)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylamino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methoxy-S-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound Q-3 (100 mg) using GeneralProcedure 5. C₄₆H₇₃N₇O₉S calc'd m/z=899.52 found [M+H]⁺ 901.3.

Compound Q:(S)-N-(4-(N-((S)-2-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5R)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanamido)-3-phenylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-5-ureidopentanamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound Q-4 (25 mg) andMT-Val-Cit-OH (63 mg) using General Procedure 7. C₇₀H₁₁₀N₂O₁₈S calcdm/z=1438.8 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1440.2, [(M+2H)/2]²=720.5

Example 19 Compound R:(S)-N-(4-(N-((S)-2-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5S)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(Dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanamido)-3-phenylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)methylphenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-5-ureidopentanamide

Compound R-1:(S)-2-amino-3-phenyl-N-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)benzylsulfonyl)propanamide

Prepared from Boc-phenylalanine and2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide according to GeneralProcedures 4 and 10 (S)-tert-butyl1-oxo-3-phenyl-1-(phenylmethylsulfonamido)propan-2-ylcarbamate ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.76-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),7.36-7.21 (m, 8H), 4.34 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H),3.62 (dd, J=8.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.21-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.89 (dd, J=14.3, 8.3Hz, 1H). C₁₈H₁₈F₃N₃O₄S calcd. m/z=429.10 found [M+H]⁺=430.7.

Compound R-2: tert-Butyl(S)-1-(((3R,4S,5R)-3-Methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-((S)-1-oxo-3-phenyl-1-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylmethylsulfonamido)propan-2-ylamino)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)(methyl)amino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate

The title compound was prepared from commercially availableBoc-Val-Dil-Dap-OH and Compound R-1 by following general procedure 6.C₄₇H₆₉F₃N₆O₁₁S calc'd m/z=982.47 found [M+Na]⁺=1006.2.

Compound R-3:(S)-2-((S)-2-(Dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-3-methoxy-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxo-3-((S)-1-oxo-3-phenyl-1-(4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenylmethylsulfonamido)propan-2-ylamino)propyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound R-2 and N,N-dimethylvalineaccording to general procedures 10 and 6. C₄₉H₇₄F₃N₇O₁₀S calc'dm/z=1009.52 found [M+H]⁺=1011.0.

Compound R-4:(S)-N-((3R,4S,5R)-1-((S)-2-((1R,2R)-3-((S)-1-(4-Aminophenylmethylsulfonamido)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-ylamino)-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl)-2-((S)-2-(dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamide

The compound was prepared from Compound R-3 according to GeneralProcedure 5. C₄₇H₇₅N₇O₉S calc'd m/z=913.53 found [M-C₇H₈O₂S+Na]⁺=768.1(Quinone methide fragmentation and loss of 4-aminobenzylsulfonate).

Compound R:(S)-N-(4-(N-((S)-2-((2R,3R)-3-((S)-1-((3R,4S,5S)-4-((S)-2-((S)-2-(Dimethylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)-N,3-dimethylbutanamido)-3-methoxy-5-methylheptanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3-methoxy-2-methylpropanamido)-3-phenylpropanoyl)sulfamoyl)methylphenyl)-2-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-JH-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecanamido)-5-ureidopentanamide

The compound was prepared from Compound R-4 and MT-Val-Cit-OH accordingto General Procedure 7, followed by purification by preparative HPLC.m/z calcd. for C₇₁H₁₁₂N₁₂O₁₈S=1452.8 found [M+H⁺]⁺=1454.6.

Example 20 Compound S:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-2,3-dimethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound S-1:N-(2,3-dimethyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide

Synthesized from 2,3-dimethylaniline according to general procedure 1.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.25 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.48(s, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H).

Compound S-2:(S,E)-N-(4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and Compound S-1 using generalprocedures 3, 5 and 10.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.75 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 7.47 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (s, 1H),4.32 (s, 1H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H),2.08-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.87 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H),1.07 (s, 9H), 0.92 (dd, J=6.8, 6.5 Hz, 6H).

C₃₅H₅₃N₅O₅S calcd m/z=655.38 found [M+H]=656.4.

Compound S:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-2,3-dimethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Compound S-2 and MT-NHS according to General Procedure9.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.01 (dd, J=11.0, 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.51(m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=8.5, 6.8 Hz, 3H), 7.41-7.31 (m, 1H), 6.83 (s, 2H),6.50 (dd, J=9.5, 1.8 Hz, 11H), 5.01 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (t, J=4.1Hz, 11H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.36 (s, 1H), 4.30-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.67 (m,4H), 3.64 (td, J=5.5, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 7H), 3.29-3.13 (m,5H), 2.67-2.46 (m, 9H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.20-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.93-1.75 (m,3H), 1.65 (dp, J=16.0, 7.8 Hz, 2H), 1.43 (d, J=38.9 Hz, 6H), 1.14-0.96(m, 16H), 0.92 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

m/z calcd. for C₅₉H₉₀N₁₀O₁₄S=1194.64 found [M+H]⁺ 1195.51; [(M+2H)/2]⁺599.09

Example 21 Compound T:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound T-1:2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(4-sulfamoyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl)acetamide

Synthesized from 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-amine according togeneral procedure 1.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.04 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.46(s, 2H), 7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (s, 1H), 2.77 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 1H),2.72-2.57 (m, 4H), 1.73 (p, J=3.3 Hz, 4H).

Compound T-2:(S,E)-N-(4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and Compound T-1 using generalprocedures 3, 5 and 10.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.74 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.91 (m,1H), 4.36 (s, 1H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.46(t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.10-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.88 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.75 (m, 4H),1.47 (s, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.92 (dd, J=7.1 Hz, 6H).

C₃₇H₅₅N₅O₅S calcd m/z=681.39 found [M+H]⁺=682.4.

Compound T:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Compound T-2 and MT-NHS according to General Procedure9.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.98 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.47 (dd, J=8.5, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.30 (m,1H), 6.83 (s, 2H), 6.50 (dd, J=9.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (t, J=10.0 Hz,1H), 4.93 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (td, J=8.1, 7.5, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (s,1H), 4.29-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.75 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.64(td, J=5.9, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 3.29-3.08 (m, 7H), 2.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.62-2.46 (m, 5H), 2.20-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.91-1.75 (m, 7H), 1.70-1.58 (m,2H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 1.00 (dd, J=6.8, 3.4 Hz,6H), 0.92 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 6H).

m/z calcd. for C₆₁H₉₂N₁₀O₁₄S=1220.65 found [M+H]⁺1221.48; [(M+2H)/2]⁺611.39

Example 22 Compound U:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-3-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound U-1: 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(2-fluoro-4-sulfamoylphenyl)acetamide

Synthesized from 2-fluoroaniline according to general procedure 1.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.56 (s,2H).

Compound U-2:(S,E)-N-(4-amino-3-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and Compound U-1 using generalprocedures 3, 5 and 10.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.62-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.48(t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.45(d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 1H),3.16 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.12-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.88 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H),1.46 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.91 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

C₃₃H₄₈FN₅O₅S calcd m/z=645.34 [M+H]⁺=646.4

Compound U:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-JH-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-3-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Compound U-2 and MT-NHS according to General Procedure9.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.42-8.28 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.77 (m, 2H),7.58-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.47 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.84 (s,2H), 6.50 (dd, J=9.3, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 5.02-4.90 (m, 2H), 4.67 (td, J=7.9,7.2, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 4.26 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (t, J=6.1Hz, 2H), 3.70 (td, J=5.5, 1.2 Hz, 2H), 3.67-3.53 (m, 10H), 3.28-3.06 (m,5H), 2.61-2.47 (m, 5H), 2.19-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.61 (dt,J=15.2, 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.13-0.95 (m, 16H),0.91 (dd, J=6.6, 4.9 Hz, 6H).

m/z calcd. for C₅₇H₈₅FN₁₀O₁₄S=1184.60 found [M+H]⁺1185.47; [(M+2H)/2]⁺593.41

Example 23 Compound V:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-2-ethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound V-1: N-(3-ethyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide

Synthesized from 3-ethylaniline according to general procedure 1.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.48 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H),7.75-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.45 (s, 2H), 3.02 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (t, J=7.4Hz, 3H).

Compound V-2:(S,E)-N-(4-amino-2-ethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and Compound V-1 using generalprocedures 3, 5 and 10.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.79 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.9Hz, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=2.3Hz, 1H), 6.54 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.46 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (t,J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.34 (s, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.99-2.90 (m,2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.87 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.47 (s,3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.22 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.06 (s, 9H), 0.91 (dd, J=6.6Hz, 6H).

C₃₅H₅₃N₅O₅S calcd m/z=655.38 [M+H]=656.4.

Compound V:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-2-ethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Compound V-2 and MT-NHS according to General Procedure9.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 11H), 7.54 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (t,J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 11H), 6.83 (s, 2H), 6.51 (dd, J=9.5,1.9 Hz, 11H), 5.01 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 11H), 4.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),4.60-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.37 (s, 1H), 4.23 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.72 (m,2H), 3.69 (dd, J=6.0, 4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.66-3.52 (m, 10H), 3.28-3.10 (m,5H), 3.06 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.58 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H),2.20-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 1.84-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.55 (m, 2H),1.47 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.26 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.10-0.96 (m, 15H),0.91 (dd, J=6.6, 4.0 Hz, 6H).

m/z calcd. for C₅₉H₉₀N₁₀O₁₄S=1194.64 found [M+H]⁺ 1195.57; [(M+2H)/2]⁺599.12

Example 24 Compound W:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-3-ethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound W-1: N-(2-ethyl-4-sulfamoylphenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide

Synthesized from 2-ethylaniline according to general procedure 1.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 11.21 (s, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.72(dd, J=8.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s, 2H), 2.64 (q,J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H).

Compound W-2:(S,E)-N-(4-amino-3-ethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Boc-HTI-286-OH and Compound W-1 using generalprocedures 3, 5 and 10.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.66 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J=8.6,2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (dd, J=9.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H),4.96 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.54(dd, J=7.4, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.87 (d, J=1.4Hz, 3H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (s,9H), 0.91 (dd, J=6.4 Hz, 6H)

C₃₅H₅₃N₅O₅S calcd m/z=655.38 [M+H]⁺=656.5.

Compound W:(S,E)-N-(4-((14R,17R)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)-3-ethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Synthesized from Compound W-2 and MT-NHS according to General Procedure9.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.97 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.5,2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.42 (m,2H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 1H), 6.84 (s, 2H), 6.48 (dd, J=9.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.98(t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (td, J=8.4, 7.6, 3.7 Hz,1H), 4.36 (s, 1H), 4.25 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.67 (m, 4H), 3.67-3.53(m, 10H), 3.29-3.09 (m, 5H), 2.77 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.46 (m, 5H),2.20-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.91-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 3H),1.37 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.12-0.95 (m, 16H), 0.91 (dd,J=6.6, 4.6 Hz, 6H).

m/z calcd. for C₅₉H₉₀N₁₀O₁₄S=1194.64 found [M+H]⁺ 1195.54; [(M+2H)/2]⁺599.09

Example 25 Compound X:(S)-N-(4-(N-((S,E)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enoyl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)-1-((S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-methyl-12-oxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13-azapentadecane)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide

Synthesized from Compound H-1c and Boc-Ala-Pro-OH according to GeneralProcedure 7, followed by Boc-removal according to General Procedure 10and MT-NHS installation according to General Procedure 9 prior topurification by preparative HPLC.

¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 7.99 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (t, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 2H), 6.54-6.42 (m, 1H), 5.07-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.67 (t,J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J=8.4, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 3.95-3.83 (m,1H), 3.80-3.66 (m, 5H), 3.61 (dd, J=18.6, 4.6 Hz, 10H), 3.16 (s, 3H),2.58-2.42 (m, 5H), 2.36 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 2.23-1.98 (m, 4H), 1.86 (d,J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.43-1.31 (m, 6H), 1.07 (s, 10H), 0.91 (t,J=6.3 Hz, 6H).

m/z calcd. for C₅₉H₉₀N₁₀O₁₄S=1078.54 found [M+H]⁺ 1079.48; [(M+2H)/2]⁺540.27

Example 26 Compound Z:(S,E)-N-(4-((14S,17S)-17-(4-aminobutyl)-14-benzyl-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-12,15-dioxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound H-1c andFmoc-Phe-Lys(Boc)-OH according to General Procedure 7, followed by Fmocremoval according to General Procedure 8, acylation with MT-NHSaccording to General Procedure 9 and deprotection according to GeneralProcedure 10 prior to purification by preparative HPLC. m/z calcd. forC₆₁H₈₇N₉O₁₃S=1185.6 found [M+H+]⁺=1186.6 and [(M+2H7)/2]²⁺=593.9.

Example 27 Compound AA:(S,E)-N-(4-((14S,17S)-17-(4-aminobutyl)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound H-1c andFmoc-Val-Lys(Boc)-OH according to General Procedure 7, followed by Fmocremoval according to General Procedure 8, acylation with MT-NHSaccording to General Procedure 9 and deprotection according to GeneralProcedure 10 prior to purification by preparative HPLC. m/z calcd. forC₅₇H₈₇N₉O₁₃S=1137.6 found [M+H+]⁺=1138.5 and [(M+2H⁺)/2]²⁺=569.8.

Example 28 Compound BB:(S,E)-N-(4-((2S,5S,8R)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-5-benzyl-21-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-8-methyl-4,7,10-trioxo-13,16,19-trioxa-3,6,9-triazahenicosanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound H-1c andFmoc-Ala-Phe(D)-Lys(Boc)-OH according to general procedure 7. Theresulting material, purified by flash chromatography was then subject togeneral procedure 8 to remove the Fmoc protecting group, followed bytreatment with MT-NHS according to general procedure 9 and deprotectionaccording to General Procedure 10 prior to purification by preparativeHPLC. m/z calcd. for C₆₄H₉₂N₁₀O₁₄S=1256.7 found [M+H+]⁺=1258.3 and[(M+2H⁺)/2]²⁺=630.2.

Example 29 Compound CC:(S,E)-N-(4-((2S,5S,8R)-2-(4-aminobutyl)-5,8-dibenzyl-21-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-4,7,10-trioxo-13,16,19-trioxa-3,6,9-triazahenicosanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was prepared from Compound H-1c andFmoc-Phe-Phe(D)-Lys(Boc)-OH according to General Procedure 7,Fmoc-removal via General Procedure 8, reaction with MT-NHS according togeneral procedure 9 and deprotection according to General Procedure 10,followed by prep HPLC purification m/z calcd. for C₆₉H₉₄N₁₀O₁₄S=1332.7found [M+H⁺]⁺=1334.3 and [(M+2H+)/2]²+=668.2.

Example 30 Compound DD:(S,E)-N-(2-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

Compound DD-1: 2,2,2-trifluoro-N-(2-sufamoylphenyl)acetamide

The title compound was made from 2-aminobenzenesulfonamide according toGeneral Procedure 2.

Compound DD-2:(S,E)-N-(2-aminophenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was made from Compound D-1 and Boc-HTI-286-OHaccording to General Procedures 3 and 5. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ7.75 (dd, J=8.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=7.7 Hz,2H), 7.38 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.27 (m, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),6.69 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.49 (dd, J=9.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (t, J=10.1Hz, 1H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.07(m, 1H), 1.88 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.46 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s,9H), 0.92 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 6H).

C₃₃H₄₉N₅O₅S calcd m/z=627.35 amu; found [M+H]⁺=628.36, [M+Na]⁺=650.37,[(M+2H)/2]²⁺=314.76

Compound DD-3

The title compound was generated from Compound DD-2 and Boc-Val-Cit-OHaccording to General Procedure 7. C₅₄H₈₅N₉O₁₂S calcd m/z=1083.60 amu;found [M+H]⁺=1084.8, [M+Na]⁺=1106.7.

Compound DD-4:(S,E)-N-(2-((S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanamido)-S-ureidopentanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was generated from Compound DD-3 according to GeneralProcedure 10. C₄₄H₆₉N₉O₈S calcd n/z=883.50 amu; found [M+H]⁺=884.6,[M+Na]⁺=906.6, [(M+2H)/2]²⁺=442.8.

Compound DD:(S,E)-N-(2-((14S,17S)-1-(2,5-dioxo-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-14-isopropyl-12,15-dioxo-17-(3-ureidopropyl)-3,6,9-trioxa-13,16-diazaoctadecanamido)phenylsulfonyl)-2,5-dimethyl-4-((S)-N,3,3-trimethyl-2-((S)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-phenylbutanamido)butanamido)hex-2-enamide

The title compound was generated from Compound DD-4 and MT-NHS accordingto General Procedure 9 before purification by preparative HPLC-MS. ¹HNMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d₄) δ 8.16 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=8.0,1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dt, J=15.5, 7.8 Hz, 3H), 7.29(t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 6.62 (d, J=9.3Hz, 1H), 4.66 (s, 1H), 4.61 (dd, J=9.1, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=6.9 Hz,1H), 3.76 (dd, J=7.5, 5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.73-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.56 (m,10H), 3.29-3.13 (m, 4H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 6H), 2.65-2.49 (m, 2H),2.22 (s, 3H), 2.11 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.00 (dt, J=17.2, 6.2 Hz, 2H),1.86 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H), 1.66 (dt, J=14.5, 7.8 Hz, 2H), 1.01 (d, J=13.3Hz, 15H), 0.87 (dd, J=21.4, 6.6 Hz, 6H).

C₅₇H₈₆N₁₀O₁₄S calcd m/z=1166.60 amu; found [M+H]⁺=1167.8,[M+Na]⁺=1189.9, [(M+2H)/2]²⁺=584.4.

Biological Assays Biological Example 1 Assay of Selective In VitroCytotoxic Killing of HER2-Positive Cells by Trastuzumab-Based ADCs

Selective killing of HER2-positive cell lines such as NCI-N87 or HCC1954over HER2-negative Jurkat cells was demonstrated for each conjugateprepared. For Table 1 summarizes the cytotoxic activity of the ADCsformed by the conjugation of Trastuzumab to Compounds A-DD when testedagainst the Human gastric carcinoma cell line NCI-N87 and/or the Humanmammary carcinoma cell line HCC1954, and the Human T-cell leukemia cellline Jurkat.

Briefly, cells were obtained from the ATCC and cultured as described inthe provided product sheet. Cells were seeded at 25000 cells/mL (2500cells/well) in Costar 3904 black walled, flat bottomed 96-well plates.Adherent cell lines cells were incubated for one night at 37° C. in a 5%CO₂ atmosphere to allow the cells to attach to the microtitre platesurface, while suspension (Jurkat) cells were plated immediately beforeuse. ADCs were diluted directly in the appropriate cell growth medium atfive-times the desired final concentration. These ADCs were thentitrated 1:3 over eight steps. A control with no test article present(growth medium alone) was included on each microtiter plate insextuplicate. The prepared compound/ADC titrations were added (25uL/well) in triplicate to both the HCC1954 and/or NCI-N87 cells andJurkat cells. The cells and titrations were incubated at 37° C./5% CO₂for three nights (Jurkat) and 3 or 5 nights (HCC1954/NCI-N87). After theincubation, cell viability was measured using CellTiter-Glo® reagent byadding thirty uL of prepared CellTiter-Glo® to each assay well. Themixtures were incubated for at least twenty minutes in the dark prior tomeasuring emitted luminescence using a microplate luminometer (500 msintegration time). The collected relative luminescence units (RLU) wereconverted to % cytotoxicity using the growth medium alone controlmentioned above (% Cytotoxicity=1−[Well RLU/average medium alone controlRLU]). Data (% Cytotoxicity vs. Concentration of ADC (log 10 [nM])) wereplotted and were analyzed by non-linear regression methods usingGraphPad Prism software v. 5.02 to obtain EC₅₀ estimates.

TABLE 1 EC50, nM Cell Line Trastuzumab ADC N87 HCC1954 Jurkat*mAb-compound A 0.017 0.079 mAb-compound B 0.059 0.083 mAb-compound C0.039 0.084 mAb-compound D 0.041 0.123 mAb-compound E 0.033 0.018mAb-compound F 0.125 0.131 mAb-compound G 0.056 0.128 mAb-compound H0.03 0.068 mAb-compound I 0.047 0.065 mAb-compound J 0.131 0.136mAb-compound K 0.055 0.103 mAb-compound KK 0.091 nd mAb-compound L 0.099nd mAb-compound M 0.031 nd mAb-compound N 0.44 nd mAb-compound O 0.010nd mAb-compound P 0.010 nd mAb-compound Q 0.005 nd mAb-compound R 0.042nd mAb-compound S 0.112 nd mAb-compound T 0.210 nd >10 nM mAb-compound U0.333 nd mAb-compound V 0.247 nd >10 nM mAb-compound W 0.184 ndmAb-compound X 0.424 nd mAb-compound Z 0.007 nd mAb-compound AA 0.013 ndmAb-compound BB 0.020 nd mAb-compound CC 0.022 nd mAb-compound-DD 0.051nd nd - not determined *no cytotoxicity observed on Jurkat cell lineunless noted

Cathepsin B Linker Cleavage Assay

ADCs prepared by conjugation of Trastuzumab were assayed for sensitivityto cleavage and release of toxin by Cathepsin B (Sigma C8286). ADCs werebuffer exchanged into 25 mM NaOAc, 1 mM EDTA, pH 5.0 using Zeba 40 KDaMWCO spin columns. ADC at concentrations between 1 and 3 mg/mL(estimated by BCA assay using a standard curve generated fromTrastuzumab). In a typical experiment aliquots (50 uL; 100 ug) of eachADC were treated with Cathepsin B (˜5 ug in 10 uL 20 mM DTT, 10 mM EDTA,8 mM NaOAc) or buffer without enzyme and reactions were incubated at 37°C. After two hours the solutions were filtered through Pall NanoSep 30KDa MWCO centrifugal spin filters and the filtrate was analyzed byliquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (after appropriate dilution) toidentify small molecules released from the ADC by the action ofCathepsin B. RP-LCMS for free drug analysis was performed on a WatersAcquity H Class UPLC utilizing an Acquity UPLC BEH C18 column (1.7 μM,2.1×50 mm). High resolution mass spectrometry detection was achievedusing a MicroMass Q-TOF Premier with a scan range from 100 to 3000 m/z.Chromatography was performed with a linear gradient of 98% to 40% A over5.5 minutes at 0.3 ml/min (A: 0.1% formic acid in H2O, B: 0.1% formicacid in ACN), followed by a washout and re-equilibration to initialconditions. Data collection and analysis was done with MassLynx 4.1. Thequalitative results of the cleavage assay are shown in Table 1.

Of those conjugates tested, the following were released by cathepsin Bin vitro: mAb-compound A; mAb-compound C; mAb-compound D; mAb-compoundI; mAb-compound N; mAb-compound 0; mAb-compound P; mAb-compound Q;mAb-compound R; mAb-compound S; mAb-compound T; mAb-compound U;mAb-compound V; mAb-compound W; mAb-compound Z; mAb-compound BB.

Biological Example 2 Efficacy Study of Toxins in NCI-N87 Tumor-BearingMice

Female NOD/SCID gamma (NSG) mice (Jackson Laboratories) were implantedsubcutaneously in the back with the NCI-N87 tumour cell line. NCI-N87human gastric carcinoma cells were derived from a liver metastasis of awell differentiated carcinoma of the stomach taken prior to cytotoxictherapy. The tumour was passaged as a xenograft in athymic nude mice forthree passages before the cell line was established.

Tumours established over a period of 25 days, and test subjects weregrouped (Table 2) according to tumour volume such that each group (n=10)had an equal distribution of tumour volumes (mean volume >170 mm³).

Test articles were administered once (on Day 22) intravenously at thedoses indicated in the study grouping table. Animal health was assessedacutely using Post Injection Clinical Observation Record (PICOR) forms.Body weights (FIG. 12 ) and tumour volumes (FIG. 13 ) were measuredevery Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Animals remained on study untiltheir tumours reached 800 mm³ in size or they otherwise requiredeuthanasia due to achieving a humane endpoint.

TABLE 2 BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLE 2 STUDY GROUPING. Dose Admin. Dose VolumeGroup # Test Article n Route (mg/kg) (mL/kg) Schedule 1 Vehicle 10 IVN/A 10 qdx1 2 T-DM1 10 IV 12 10 qdx1 4 T-Compound I 10 IV 12 10 qdx1 5T-Compound K 10 IV 12 10 qdx1

The assessed ADCs are efficacious at reducing tumour volume and delayingtumour regrowth. All ADC tested significantly increased days to tumourrecurrence when compared to vehicle (FIG. 14 ). T-Compound I had asignificantly increased survival rate compared to T-DM1 but showed nosignificant difference when compared to T-Compound K. T-Compound K had asignificantly increased survival rate compared to T-DM1 but showed nosignificant difference when compared T-Compound I.

Biological Example 3 Efficacy Study of Toxins in NCI-N87 Tumor-BearingMice

Female NOD/SCID gamma (NSG) mice (Jackson Laboratories) were implantedsubcutaneously in the back with the NCI-N87 tumour cell line. NCI-N87human gastric carcinoma cells were derived from a liver metastasis of awell differentiated carcinoma of the stomach taken prior to cytotoxictherapy. The tumour was passaged as a xenograft in athymic nude mice forthree passages before the cell line was established.

Tumours established over a period of 25 days, and test subjects weregrouped (Table 3) according to tumour volume such that each group(n=6-8) had an equal distribution of tumour volumes (mean volume >150mm³).

Test articles were administered once (on Day 27) intravenously at thedoses indicated in the study grouping in Table 3. Animal health wasassessed acutely using Post Injection Clinical Observation Record(PICOR) forms. Body weights (FIG. 15 ) and tumour volumes (FIG. 16 )were measured every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Animals remained onstudy until their tumours reached 800 mm³ in size or they otherwiserequired euthanasia due to achieving a humane endpoint.

TABLE 3 BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLE 3 STUDY GROUPING Dose Admin. Dose VolumeGroup # Test Article n Route (mg/kg) (mL/kg) Schedule 1 Vehicle 6 IV N/A10 qdx1 2 Trastuzumab 6 IV 12 10 qdx1 3 T-DM1 7 IV 12 10 qdx1 4 T-DM1 7IV 7 10 qdx1 5 T-DM1 7 IV 3 10 qdx1 6 T-DM1 7 IV 1 10 qdx1 11 T-CompoundE 8 IV 12 10 qdx1 12 T-Compound E 8 IV 7 10 qdx1 13 T-Compound E 8 IV 310 qdx1 14 T-Compound E 8 IV 1 10 qdx1 T = Trastuzumab

The assessed ADCs are efficacious at reducing tumour volume and delayingtumour regrowth. T-Compound E had a significant effect on duration untilrecurrence at the 3 mg/kg dose, and survival rate at the 7 mg/kg dose(not shown) in NCI-N87 tumour bearing NSG mice following a single IVdose. There was a direct relationship between ADC dose and effect.Increasing doses of ADC resulted in the most significant effects onduration until recurrence and survival rate in NCI-N87 tumour bearingNSG mice. The highest dose, 12 mg/kg, resulted in the greatest reductionin tumour volumes, duration until tumour recurrence, and survival ratefor all ADC. All treatments were well tolerated by the study mice.

All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S.patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications andnon-patent publications referred to in this specification areincorporated herein by reference, in their entirety to the extent notinconsistent with the present description.

From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specificembodiments of the disclosure have been described herein for purposes ofillustration, various modifications may be made without deviating fromthe spirit and scope of the disclosure. Accordingly, the disclosure isnot limited except as by the appended claims.

It is contemplated that the different parts of the present descriptionmay be combined in any suitable manner. For instance, the presentexamples, methods, aspects, embodiments or the like may be suitablyimplemented or combined with any other embodiment, method, example oraspect of the invention.

1.-13. (canceled)
 14. A conjugate having the following structure (I):[(P)_(o)-(L)]_(m)-(T)   (Ia) wherein: (L) is a linker; (T) is atargeting moiety that specifically binds to a target antigen; m isbetween 1 and 10; o is between 1 and 20, and (P) is a compound ofFormula XId:

wherein: R² is —R″—NH—; R″ is selected from optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted alkylamino, optionally substitutedcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substitutedheterocyclyl and optionally substituted heteroaryl, and R⁴ and R⁵ areeach independently selected from: H and C₁-C₆ alkyl.
 15. The conjugateaccording to claim 14, wherein R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl,4-(aminomethyl)benzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl,3-aminophenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-aminophenyl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-amino-2-ethylphenyl,4-amino-3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl, 4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl,4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl, 4-amino-3-methylphenyl,4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyl and4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
 16. The conjugate according to claim14, wherein R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)benzyl,4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl and4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl.
 17. The conjugate according to claim 14,wherein R⁴ and R⁵ are each C₁-C₆ alkyl.
 18. The conjugate according toclaim 14, wherein R⁴ and R⁵ are each methyl.
 19. The conjugate accordingto claim 14, wherein: R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl,4-(aminomethyl)benzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl,3-aminophenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-aminophenyl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-amino-2-ethylphenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyland 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, and R⁴ and R⁵ are each C₁-C₆alkyl.
 20. The conjugate according to claim 14, wherein o is
 1. 21. Theconjugate according to claim 14, wherein (L)-(T) has structure (III):

wherein: each AA is independently an amino acid; x is an integer from 0to 25; (L′) is the remaining portion of linker (L) or is absent; the—NH— group bonded to R″ in —R″—NH— forms a junction peptide bond (JPB)with (AA)¹ in structure (III), and wherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) taken togethercomprises an amino acid sequence that facilitates cleavage of the JPB.22. The conjugate according to claim 21, wherein (L′) comprises astretcher moiety and -(AA)¹-(AA)_(x)-(L′)-(T) has one of the structures(VII) or (VIII):

wherein: L″ is a remaining portion of linker (L) or is absent, and (S)is the stretcher moiety.
 23. The conjugate according to claim 21,wherein L′ comprises one or more alkyloxy units.
 24. The conjugateaccording to claim 21, wherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) is a dipeptide, atripeptide, a tetrapeptide or a pentapeptide.
 25. The conjugateaccording to claim 21, wherein: R² is selected from: 4-aminobenzyl,4-(aminomethyl)benzyl, 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl, 4-aminophenyl,3-aminophenyl, 4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)benzyl,4-(1-aminocyclopropyl)phenyl, 2-aminophenyl,4′-amino-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-yl, 4-amino-2-ethylphenyl,4-amino-2,3-dimethylphenyl, 4-amino-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-yl,4-amino-3-methylphenyl, 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl, 4-amino-3-ethylphenyland 4-amino-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl, and R⁴ and R⁵ are each C₁-C₆alkyl.
 26. The conjugate according to claim 14, wherein (T) is anantibody or antigen-binding fragment.
 27. The conjugate according toclaim 26, wherein the antibody or antigen-binding antibody fragmentspecifically binds a cancer cell antigen.
 28. The conjugate according toclaim 25, wherein (T) is an antibody or antigen-binding fragment. 29.The conjugate according to claim 28, wherein the antibody orantigen-binding antibody fragment specifically binds a cancer cellantigen.
 30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugateaccording to claim 14 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluentor excipient.
 31. A method of treating cancer in a mammal comprisingadministering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of aconjugate according to claim
 14. 32. A method of inhibiting tumor growthin a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof aneffective amount of a conjugate according to claim
 14. 33. A conjugatehaving the following structure (I):[(P)_(o)-(L)]_(m)-(T)   (Ia) wherein: (L) is a linker; (T) is anantibody or antigen-binding antibody fragment; m is between 1 and 10; ois between 1 and 20; (P) is a compound of Formula XId:

wherein: R² is —R″—NH—; R″ is selected from optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl or optionally substituted aryl;R⁴ and R⁵ are each methyl, and (L)-(T) has structure (III):

wherein: each AA is independently an amino acid; (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) is adipeptide, a tripeptide, a tetrapeptide or a pentapeptide; (L′) is theremaining portion of linker (L), the —NH— group bonded to R″ in —R″—NH—forms a junction peptide bond (JPB) with (AA)¹ in structure (III), andwherein (AA)¹-(AA)_(x) taken together comprises an amino acid sequencethat facilitates cleavage of the JPB.